the aim of the Organic Law of 19 June on Qualifications and Vocational Training is to develop a comprehensive system of vocational training, qualifications and accreditation, which will respond effectively and transparency of social and economic demands through the various forms of training. To this end, it creates the National System of Qualifications and Vocational Training, defining it in Article 2.1 as the set of instruments and actions necessary to promote and develop the integration of vocational training offerings, through the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, as well as the evaluation and accreditation of the corresponding professional skills, in order to promote the professional and social development of the people and cover the needs of the production system.

The National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, as set out in Article 7.1, is designed to facilitate the integrated nature and adequacy of vocational training and the labour market, as well as the training throughout life, the mobility of workers and the unity of the labour market. This catalogue consists of the qualifications identified in the production system and the training associated with them, which is organised in training modules.

Under Article 7, the structure and content of the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications were established, by means of Royal Decree 1128/2003 of 5 September, as amended by Royal Decree 1416/2005, 25 November. According to Article 3.2, according to the wording given by this last royal decree, the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications will make it possible to identify, define and order professional qualifications and establish the specifications of the training associated with each unit of competence; as well as establishing the benchmark for assessing and crediting the professional skills acquired through the work experience or non-formal training pathways.

By this royal decree, four new professional qualifications are established, corresponding to the Professional Family Arts and Crafts, which are defined in the Annexes 560 to 563, as well as their corresponding modules training, thus advancing in the construction of the National System of Qualifications and Vocational Training.

According to Article 5.1 of the Organic Law of 19 June, of the Qualifications and of Vocational Training, it is the responsibility of the General Administration of the State, in the field of exclusive competence which is Article 149.1.1. of the Spanish Constitution, the regulation and coordination of the National System of Qualifications and Vocational Training, without prejudice to the competences of the Autonomous Communities and of the participation of the social partners.

The Autonomous Communities have participated in the development of the qualifications which are annexed to this standard through the General Council of Vocational Training in the phases of application of experts for the configuration of the Group of Work of Qualifications, external contrast and in the issue of the positive report which it carries out in its own General Council of Vocational Training, necessary and prior to its processing as Royal Decree.

According to Article 7.2 of the same organic law, the Government is entrusted, after consulting the General Council of Vocational Training, to determine the structure and content of the National Qualifications Catalogue. Professionals and approve the qualifications to be included in it, as well as guarantee their permanent update. The present royal decree has been informed by the General Council of Vocational Training and by the School Board of the State, in accordance with the provisions of Article 9.1 of Royal Decree 1128/2003 of 5 September.

In the final wording of the draft and the accompanying annexes, the observations of the opinion of the School Council of State No. 68/2010 of 5 October 2010 regarding the updating of the legislation have been taken into account. (a) the existing university degree of qualifications referred to in the professional profile of the trainer contained in the Annexes.

In its virtue, on the proposal of the Ministers of Education and of Work and Immigration, and after deliberation of the Council of Ministers at its meeting of April 15, 2011,

DISPONGO:

Article 1. Object and scope of application.

This royal decree aims to establish certain professional qualifications and their corresponding training modules, which are included in the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications regulated by the Royal Decree 1128/2003 of 5 September, as amended by Royal Decree 1416/2005 of 25 November 2003. These qualifications and their associated training are valid and are applicable throughout the national territory and do not constitute a regulation of professional practice.

Article 2. Professional qualifications that are established.

The vocational qualifications which are set up are for the Professional Family Arts and Crafts are the ones listed below, sorted by Qualification Levels, the specifications of which are described in the Attachments that are indicated:

and craft-making of Spanish guitars, bandurrias and laudes. Level 3.

DLX
Project and craft processing of old pulsed string instruments. Level 3.	Attachment DLXI
Project and craft crafting of arc musical instruments. Level 3.	Annex DLXII
Project, elaboration, maintenance, and artisanal repair of string musical instruments. Level 3.	Annex DLXIII

Single additional disposition. Update.

Taking into account the evolution of the needs of the productive system and the possible social demands, as regards the qualifications established in this royal decree, an update of the content will be carried out of the Annexes where necessary, in any case before the end of the five-year period since their publication.

Final disposition first. Competence title.

This royal decree is dictated by the powers conferred on the State by Article 149.1.1. on the regulation of basic conditions guaranteeing the equality of all Spaniards in the exercise of rights and in the exercise of their rights. the fulfilment of constitutional duties and the 30th of the Spanish Constitution which attributes to the State the competence to regulate the conditions for obtaining, issuing and approving academic and professional qualifications.

Final disposition second. Entry into force.

This royal decree will enter into force on the day following its publication in the "Official State Gazette".

Dado en Madrid, el 20 de abril de 2011.

JOHN CARLOS R.

The Minister of the Presidency,

RAMON JAUREGUI STUNNED

ANNEX DLX

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: PROJECT AND CRAFT-MAKING OF SPANISH GUITARS, BANDURRIAS AND LAUDES

Professional Family: Arts and Crafts

Level: 3

Code: ART560_3

General Competition

Build guitars, banners and Spanish ludes according to their own or pre-existing models, developing and executing the design and construction project, with artistic criteria, in conditions of work safety and environmental protection, and with a guarantee of artisan quality, organizing the professional activity of the artisan workshop.

Competition Units

UC1853_3: Develop the design and craft construction project of string musical instruments.

UC1854_3: Select and store timbers for building artisan musical instruments.

UC1855_3: Craft the elements and pieces of Spanish guitars, bandurrias and/or laudes.

UC1856_3: Assemble and craft the elements and pieces of Spanish guitars, bandurrias and laudes.

UC1857_3: Craft and apply handcrafted dyes and varnishes for musical instruments.

UC1690_2: Organize the professional activity of a craft workshop.

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity on its own as an independent professional, in a society or in a cooperative partnership; as an employed person in companies and workshops of an artisan and artistic nature, whether they are public and private, related to the professional field linked to the artisanal production of guitars, banners and Spanish ludes.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the artisan sector related to the subsector of the production, repair and artisanal maintenance of Spanish guitars, bandurrias and laudes.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

Spanish laud and bandurrias builder.

Guitar.

Associated Training (870 hours)

Training Modules

MF1853_3: Design and craft construction projects for string musical instruments. (150 hours)

MF1854_3: Maderas for building artisans ' musical instruments. (60 hours)

MF1855_3: Craft manufacture of pieces and elements of guitars, bandurrias and/or Spanish ludes. (240 hours)

MF1856_3: Assembly and handcrafted assembly of elements and pieces of guitars, bandurrias and Spanish ludes. (270 hours)

MF1857_3: Tinted and crafted handcrafted musical instruments. (90 hours)

MF1690_2: Organization of the professional activity of a craft workshop. (60 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: DEVELOP THE DESIGN AND CRAFT CONSTRUCTION PROJECT OF STRING MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

Level: 3

Code: UC1853_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Get information on string musical instruments related to historical background, materials, techniques and processes, demands of the musician or client, for their use in the definition of the design project and craft construction.

CR 1.1 The documentation related to artistic and aesthetic trends, and to the technical and functional characteristics of the musical string instrument is identified, classified and archived considering its contribution to the definition of the project specifications to be evaluated.

CR 1.2 Information regarding pre-existing models is collected by photographs, drawings and drawings, among others, for further analysis.

the information referred to the technical, mechanical and acoustic characteristics is obtained through specialized studies and professional information, among others, for analysis and employment in the definition of project.

CR 1.4 The information referred to the client's demands is obtained by direct relation and taking into account their needs, in order to develop the project according to their requirements.

CR 1.5 The documentation relating to artistic and technical projects of its own or other professionals, where appropriate, is identified, classified and archived considering its contribution to the definition of the instrument's specifications string musical to be evaluated.

RP 2: Define the formal, aesthetic, technical, mechanical-acoustic and material specifications of string musical instruments by evaluating the collected information, to determine their design.

CR 2.1 The formal specifications of the model to be reproduced are defined from the analysis and evaluation of the information collected to obtain the maximum fidelity to the reference.

CR 2.2 The formal specifications of the personal model are defined from the analysis and evaluation of the information collected, to improve the design of the musical instrument.

CR 2.3 The aesthetic, technical, material, mechanical-acoustic and functional characteristics are defined by considering the information analyzed to conform to the client's criteria or demands.

CR 2.4 The characteristics of the materials (wood) are defined taking into account their aesthetics, quality, hardness, functionality, degree of drying, regulations on environmental management to meet the criteria of author or demands of the client.

RP 3: Determine the shape and structure of the string musical instrument by performing drawings, drawings, and templates at 1: 1 scale from the defined formal and symbolic-aesthetic specifications, employing graphic techniques and Manual and computer representation systems to be used as an element of presentation, and assessment in decision making, as well as to serve as a guide in the elaboration process.

CR 3.1 The formal and symbolic-aesthetic characteristics of the string musical instrument are represented by graphic techniques to be used as a guide in the elaboration process.

CR 3.2 The defined constructive solutions are represented by standardized, manual or computer graphic techniques to be used in the process of elaboration as a guide and as an element of verification.

CR 3.3 The shapes and dimensions of the elements that constitute the musical instrument of string are represented at scale by planes to realize the forecast and subsequent preparation of consumption, to elaborate templates and to be used as a guide in the processing process.

RP 4: Define the drawing plan of the string musical instrument from its specifications by determining the phases, times and procedures of quality control and safety to ensure the execution in the expected conditions.

CR 4.1 The elaboration phases are defined taking into account the defined specifications and the craft processes of elaboration to optimize the times and resources.

CR 4.2 The times are determined from the estimate of the operations of each phase, taking into account previous experience, to ensure compliance with the agreed deadlines with the client.

CR 4.3 Quality and safety control procedures throughout the process of development are set out in the plan defining instruments and control elements and measures of occupational and environmental safety to avoid risks and ensure the conditions of the intended musical instrument.

RP 5: Document the design and craft construction project of the musical string instrument, incorporating the decisions about its characteristics, materials, techniques, economic conditions, elaboration plan, to guarantee their execution.

CR 5.1 Prior analysis is incorporated into the project by attaching the textual and graphical information used to document this phase and serve as a reference in subsequent projects.

CR 5.2 Previous ideas are integrated into the project by incorporating drawings, schemas, or texts to document the decision-making phase.

CR 5.3 The selected materials are specified in the project specifying their raw qualities and dimensions to be taken into account when calculating the economic conditions of the project.

CR 5.4 The economic conditions are incorporated into the project through the elaboration of the budget, defining from the forecast of consumption of materials, auxiliary means and the expected labor and its cost for its presentation and in case approval by the client.

CR 5.5 The phases, deadlines and processes of quality control and safety are incorporated into the project through the elaboration plan, to serve as a guide in the elaboration and supervision of the musical instrument of rope and as a commitment of delivery at the time set.

Professional context:

Production media:

Specialized and professional information on string musical instruments. Graphic techniques. Systems of representation. Materials and useful for graphic representation. Drawing and measuring tools (king foot, rules, squads, cards, compas, among others). Hardware and software.

Products and results:

Information about string musical instruments identified, analyzed, evaluated, archived and classified. Specifications of the musical instrument defined. Sketches. Drawings. Flat. Templates at scale 1:1. Characteristics of graphically defined string musical instruments. Economic budget. Preparation plan. Design and construction project.

Information used or generated:

Project design and construction of string musical instruments. Preparation plan. Models. Templates. Technical data sheets for wood characteristics. Means of selection of woods. Regulations on occupational and environmental risks. Regulations on timber and other protected materials CITES (Convention International Trade in Endangered Species) among others.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: SELECT AND STORE TIMBERS FOR BUILDING ARTISANS ' MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

Level: 3

Code: UC1854_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Acquire the timbers for musical instruments by selecting them according to the function, dimensions, and mechanical characteristics of the pieces in which it is to be transformed, to proceed to its conditioning and storage.

CR 1.1 The wood is selected visually and to the touch and by means of tools (brushes and scrapes) the waste zones, rajas, reversed, repeat and knots, among others to value its quality.

CR 1.2 Wood is selected taking into account its age, degree of drying, quality, type of cut, physical qualities (hardness and colouring), linearity, widths and vetoes changes to assess its application to the pieces of the wood. musical instrument.

CR 1.3 The wood is acquired by selecting it based on the commercial types used in the construction of musical instruments and checking its origin to ensure compliance with the protection regulations. environmental.

CR 1.4 The timbers are selected taking into account the formal characteristics of the usual builder models and their sourcing needs, to verify their usefulness and the maintenance of the builder.

RP 2: Classify wood for musical instruments based on their commercial denomination, purpose, physical and aesthetic qualities to keep inventory up to date.

CR 2.1 The wood is identified from its visual and tactile examination, checking its commercial denomination and quality, to ensure its availability and adequacy to the needs established in the project.

CR 2.2 Wood is classified by valuing its aesthetic, mechanical and dimensional qualities to enable and facilitate its selection based on project specifications.

CR 2.3 The wood types are grouped, taking into account their use in the parts that make up the musical instruments, their commercial denomination, quality, degree of drying and stability, to facilitate the elaboration of the inventory.

RP 3: Store and inventory pieces of wood for musical instruments, applying the established procedures, to ensure their quality, availability, conditions of use and work safety and environmental.

CR 3.1 Wood is stored in the form of cross-stacking, cross-stacking, collandes, among other systems, ensuring air circulation to ensure homogeneous drying and avoid deterioration.

CR 3.2 Wood testas are sealed if applicable, waterproofing them to avoid straws.

CR 3.3 The warehouse is organized according to types, function, qualities and drying, among other considerations, to facilitate the location and availability of the woods.

CR 3.4 Occupational and environmental safety is ensured by implementing the measures laid down in the regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks related to materials, tools and storage operations woods to avoid risks.

CR 3.5 The inventory is made by quantifying the timbers, identifying the commercial designation date of acquisition and supplier, among other data, taking into account the CITES regulations (Convention International Trade in Endangered Species), to enable functional management of the warehouse and to determine stocks and shortages.

CR 3.6 The inventory is managed using manual or database computer systems to keep it up to date.

Professional context:

Production media:

Manual and digital database systems. Warehouse. Paints, tails, paraffin, among others, for the sealing of wood testas. Measurement tools and templates. Brush and scratch to assess the tonality of the woods and possible defects.

Products and results:

Timber acquired, selected, classified, prepared for drying, stored and inventoried.

Information used or generated:

CITES Regulations (Convention International Trade in Endangered Species). Commercial catalogues of wood for musical instruments. Production forecasts for musical instruments. Wood handbooks. Regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks related to timber storage.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: CRAFT THE ELEMENTS AND PIECES OF GUITARS, BANDURRIAS AND/OR SPANISH LAUDES

Level: 3

Code: UC1855_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Prepare and select tools, tools, adhesives, woods, verifying their status, guaranteeing job security and environmental protection, to keep them in conditions of use during the performance of the instrument.

CR 1.1 The manual cutting tools are prepared according to their use in the process, checking the sharpening condition and correcting the problems that it may present to maintain them under conditions of use and guarantee the quality and security of operations.

CR 1.2 Electrical machines, tools, tools and installations are used in accordance with the instructions of order, use, maintenance and safety standards, to ensure their conservation and to ensure the prevention of risks. labor.

CR 1.3 The wood of the instrument is selected considering its mechanical and aesthetic characteristics such as: hardness, width of vein, color, vetoing, density, among others, to conform to the sound and aesthetic qualities defined in the project.

CR 1.4 The tools to be used in the manufacturing and assembly process are selected, reviewed and prepared, taking into account the project and the methods of elaboration and assembly to be used, to ensure compliance with the specifications set in the project.

CR 1.5 The useful and templates are elaborated in their case, from the drawings of the instrument and taking into account the methods of elaboration and assembly, for their subsequent use.

CR 1.6 The molds and soleras are made from the templates to ensure the accuracy of the acoustic case profile and facilitate the assembly process.

RP 2: Develop the cover of the guitar, bandurria or laud, based on the techniques and procedures established in the project, under conditions of occupational safety and environmental protection, to guarantee its quality and later assembly.

CR 2.1 The cap joint is prepared for its sizing, shaping its edges with garlopa, taking into account its alignment and the contact angle, to ensure the quality and stability of its attachment.

CR 2.2 The wood parts of the lid are glued by their edges while maintaining the pressure and position during the drying process to ensure their stability and integrity.

CR 2.3 The cap is trimmed over-sized or to final dimension according to the mounting procedure set in the project to get the defined shape.

CR 2.4 The cap is pre-calibrated with brush and/or lija gauge, the nozzle zuncho is emptied with circular cutting milling or gromil and chisel or formon, the nozzle is inserted and enjoined, it is repassed once dry and calibrated for conform to the project specifications.

CR 2.5 The bars, stranding and reinforcements are prepared, following the specifications of the project for its rear cap on the lid.

CR 2.6 The location of the bars, struts, and reinforcements is plotted inside the lid using the templates, for subsequent sizing.

CR 2.7 The mouth is emptied using a circular cutting gramil, to fit the project specifications.

CR 2.8 The bars, struts, and reinforcements are wrapped, carved, and passed in to fit the project specifications.

RP 3: Develop the background and the guitar rings, bandurria or laud from the techniques and procedures established in the project under conditions of occupational safety and environmental protection, to guarantee its quality and later assembly.

CR 3.1 The bottom pieces are prepared for their sizing, shaping the edges, taking into account their alignment and the contact angle, to ensure the quality and stability of their attachment.

CR 3.2 The bottom wood pieces are wrapped by their edges, maintaining the pressure and position during the drying process to ensure their stability and integrity.

CR 3.3 The background is trimmed over-sized or to final dimension according to the mount procedure set in the project to get the defined shape.

CR 3.4 The constituent parts of the bottom and rings are drawn into thick by brushing or with the lija gauge, they are stabbed and sanded, to obtain the thicknesses of each one defined in the project.

CR 3.5 The hoops are formed or domed by moisture, heat and pressure, or other systems, to adapt them to the shape defined in the project.

CR 3.6 The length of the domed rings is cut transversely by verifying its shape and dimensions on the mold, interior or exterior, for subsequent assembly.

CR 3.7 The bars and the gasket force are elaborated, plotted, and wrapped in the background, are carved, and are reworked according to the project specifications.

RP 4: Perform the guitar handle, bandurria or laud, using the techniques and procedures established in the project under conditions of work safety and environmental protection, to guarantee its quality and subsequent assembly.

CR 4.1 The wood is cut according to the inclination defined by oblique cutting, adjusting and sizing the surfaces by verifying their flatness and to obtain the handle.

CR 4.2 The head or shovel is attached to the handle according to the assembly procedure established in the project, using clamping and pressure means, to ensure its stability during the drying process and its resistance. structural.

CR 4.3 The taco or taco of the zoque, are adjusted and fitted with each other, and the handle, in the position established in the project, using fastening means and pressure to ensure its stability during the drying process and its resistance. structural.

CR 4.4 The piece of the overhead or headliner is done by sizing one or more sheets, following the project specifications, to reinforce the surface of the head and at the same time fulfil a function aesthetics.

CR 4.5 The spade or head is finished by making the pins of the pin and emptying the grooves, calibrating to fit the width of the pin and shaping it by cutting and carving, if any, respecting the project specifications, to ensure the housing and operation of the plug and to define it visually and aesthetically.

CR 4.6 The transverse cuts in the zoo for the assembly of the rings, or other method of casing, are performed taking into account the length of the tuning rule to conform to the specifications set out in the project.

CR 4.7 The work area, machines, tools, tools and electrical installations are used according to the instructions of order, use and maintenance to ensure their conservation, conditions of use and to prevent risks labor and environmental.

RP 5: Develop the diapason of the guitar, bandurria or laud, using the techniques and procedures established in the project under conditions of occupational safety and environmental protection, to guarantee its quality and later assembly.

CR 5.1 The diapason is done by cutting, brushing and calibrating the selected wood to obtain the contact surface with the handle and the maximum thickness indicated in the project.

CR 5.2 The diapason is plotted with the template taking into account the alignment of the veins both on the external plane and on the edge to facilitate brushing.

CR 5.3 The diapason is trimmed, it is profiled by adjusting it to the mouth to match it.

CR 5.4 The work area, machines, tools, tools and electrical installations are used in accordance with the instructions of order, use, maintenance and safety standards, to ensure their conservation and conditions of use and preventing occupational and environmental risks.

RP 6: Develop the interior pieces of guitar reinforcement, bandurria or laud, from the selected woods, using the techniques and procedures of cutting and sizing established in the project under conditions of safety work and environmental protection, to ensure its quality and subsequent assembly.

CR 6.1 The zoquetles or pawns are obtained from the selected woods by preparing triangular section slats with the angle that determines the union of the hoops with the lid, cutting them into transverse pieces. to be used as fastening elements between the cover and the rings.

CR 6.2 The rings reinforcements are obtained from rectangular section slats, calibrated, with half-wood cuts to facilitate their subsequent dome with the shape of the instrument, they are rounded off one of the edges, they are stabbed and lit, for subsequent sizing in the instrument rings in the contact area with the background and, if specified in the project, also in the area of the cap.

CR 6.3 The butt taco is obtained from a block of wood that is adjusted to the curvature of the butt of the rings, to the cap and subsequently to the bottom, for the assembly of the instrument butt.

CR 6.4 The transverse hoops and reinforcement of hoops are performed, if specified in the project, with selected timbers, cutting, brushing, carving to adjust them to the contact surfaces.

CR 6.5 The work area, machines, tools, tools and electrical installations are used in accordance with the instructions of order, use, maintenance and safety standards, to ensure their conservation and conditions of use and preventing occupational and environmental risks.

RP 7: Elaborate the ornamental pieces of the guitar, bandurria or laud, using the techniques and procedures established in the project, under conditions of occupational safety and environmental protection, to guarantee its quality and rear assembly.

CR 7.1 The nozzle is made by means of procedures and techniques of marquetry, taracea or filepteria, among others, according to the design established in the project for its subsequent scale in the mouth of the instrument.

CR 7.2 The censas are made using one or more wood sheets cut lengthwise in the form of slats according to the design established in the project to ensure their aesthetic and protective function song.

CR 7.3 The bridge or tapilla plate is made in bone, wood, motherboard, marking, filleting, among other materials, according to the design established in the project to guarantee its aesthetic and reinforcing function bridge.

CR 7.4 The butt strip is made according to the specifications of the project, by sizing one or several strips of wood to meet its aesthetic and seal function of the cylinder head.

RP 8: Develop the guitar bridge, bandurria or laud, using the techniques and procedures established in the project, under conditions of occupational safety and environmental protection, to guarantee its quality and later assembly.

CR 8.1 The bridge is made with wood selected for its stability and hardness, brushing face and edge, cutting the thickness, width and length, to obtain the block with the dimensions specified in the project.

CR 8.2 The slot of the cejuela is obtained by a longitudinal cut specified in the project for subsequent housing.

CR 8.3 The plug or bridge plate is housed by making a box on the bridge surface according to the project specifications to fulfill its decorative and reinforcing function.

CR 8.4 The string output channel is emptied by project by cutting, milling, carving, or other systems to conform to project specifications.

CR 8.5 The bridge sticks or ends are emptied by cuts, rounded with limes, stabbed and sanded according to the measures specified in the project.

CR 8.6 The bridge is finished, after the drills are done for the ropes, by turning it out and linking it to the back of the lid.

Professional context:

Production media:

Wood, adhesives. Bank of work. Bone. Wood veneers. Saws. Serruchos. Gubias. Formons. Blades. Limes. Scotines. Lijas. Bank screw. Drill. Straight and circular cutting gramiles. Cats. Brushes. Garlopas. Rules. Templates. Domadora. Calibrator. King's foot. Gluing tools. Lija. Sharpening useful. Among others.

Products and results:

Wood and selected materials. Sharp and verified tools. Cap. Background. Hoops. Mast. Diapason. Bridge. Interior and fastening parts. Rosette. Cenfa. Bridge plate. Join elements.

Information used or generated:

Project for the construction of guitar, bandurria and/or laud. Designs. Schemes. Sketches. Calculation of tuning rules. Photographs. Regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks. Technical documentation of supplies and suppliers. Instructions for the use and maintenance of machines, tools and tools.

COMPETITION UNIT 4: ASSEMBLE AND CRAFT THE ELEMENTS AND PIECES OF SPANISH GUITARS, BANDURRIAS AND LAUDES

Level: 3

Code: UC1856_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Assemble the cover and handle of Spanish guitars, bandurrias and laudes, according to the traditional Spanish technique, applying techniques and procedures established in the project, in conditions of safety and quality.

CR 1.1 The cap is adjusted in length by cutting at the top end, taking as a reference the mouth, to establish the location of it and to conform to the project specifications.

CR 1.2 The adjustment of the cap with the mast is done by lowering the thickness equivalent to the top of the cap in the zoque zone, so that once the two elements are wrapped, they will be torn and in the same plane.

CR 1.3 The lid is queued to the handle so that it is aligned with the central shaft of the handle to ensure the symmetry of the instrument.

CR 1.4 The handle and lid are placed on the mold solder, holding the lid against the solera, through the mouth, with the specific tool to facilitate the subsequent assembly of hoops and bottoms.

CR 1.5 The bars are cut in length by drawing them with the mold and taking into account the bulk of the hoops to facilitate the subsequent assembly of the hoops.

CR 1.6 The work area, machines, tools, tools are used according to the instructions of order, maintenance and safety standards, to ensure their conservation and conditions of use and to prevent occupational risks and environmental.

RP 2: Mounting the harmonic or acoustic box of Spanish guitars, bandurrias and laudes, assembling hoops, background and mango using techniques and procedures established in the project under conditions of work safety and protection environmental, to ensure its quality and subsequent assembly.

CR 2.1 The fit of the butt taco is checked by verifying that its external curvature and the plane with the cap and bottom are correct to fit the project specifications.

CR 2.2 The rings are encastrated and cast into the grooves of the zoque and are fixed to the mould by the tools specified in the project if necessary, cutting them and sizing them to the culata taco to obtain the defined shape in the project.

CR 2.3 The zoquetles or pawns, are adjusted and wrap to the hoops and the cap adjusting to the project specifications to reinforce the joint-cap.

CR 2.4 The hoards or pawns are hung over the bars, according to the project specifications to ensure the stability of the lid bars.

CR 2.5 The floor or bottom is queued to the ring-handle assembly taking into account the handle-cap angle that will determine the height of the ropes, by means of clamping and pressure or by tying, to ensure its stability during the drying process and obtaining the acoustic box.

CR 2.6 The work area, the machines, tools, tools are used according to the instructions of order, maintenance and safety standards, to ensure their conservation and conditions of use and to prevent occupational risks and environmental.

RP 3: Make the film of the harmonic box of Spanish guitars, bandurrias and laudes, by means of the techniques and procedures of emptying and assembly of ceneas or profiles and strip of culata, established in the project in conditions of occupational safety and environmental protection, in order to ensure their quality.

CR 3.1 The excess of cover and bottom wood is removed using the appropriate means and techniques to make the instrument's acoustic case up to scratch.

CR 3.2 The edges of the acoustical box on the cap and bottom are lowered using cutting or milling gramiles to house the censas and/or fillets.

CR 3.3 The butt gasket recess is cut and empty to accommodate the strip, cenfa, or fillet as per project.

CR 3.4 The steaks or cenches are adjusted to the bottom and bottom recesses, extending them with formon to be below the diapason and in the background are prolonged in the zone of the heel as specified in the project.

CR 3.5 The censas and/or fillets and the butt strip are wrapped and repassed so that they can be scratched with cover and bottom rings.

CR 3.6 Compliance with the specifications is verified throughout the process by visual control and measurements to ensure the quality of the final result.

CR 3.7 The work area, the machines, tools, tools are used according to the instructions of order, maintenance and safety standards, to ensure their conservation and conditions of use and to prevent occupational risks and environmental.

RP 4: Perform the assembly of the diapason of Spanish guitars, bandurrias and laudes, by means of techniques and procedures established in the project, under conditions of occupational safety and environmental protection, to guarantee their quality and subsequent assembly.

CR 4.1 The diapason is drawn, adjusted to the mouth and queued, ensuring its alignment with the handle-lid shaft, for later entrastride.

CR 4.2 The diapason is rectified with brush, garlopin, lija, among others, to conform to the string height set in the project.

CR 4.3 The location of the storerooms are plotted and scored on the diapason, as projected, to ensure their tuning.

CR 4.4 The storage rooms are stuck in the slots of the diapason, ensuring that they are fully seated on their surface to avoid highlighting and that noise is produced when the instrument is played.

CR 4.5 The trastres are reviewed by the edges, the upper plane is planned and the loins are rounded, for their scraping and to facilitate the movement of the musician's hand.

CR 4.6 The mast is rounded and adjusted to the measures specified in the project, to facilitate execution on the instrument.

CR 4.7 Compliance with established specifications is verified throughout the process by visual control and measurements to ensure the quality of the final result.

RP 5: Perform the finishing of the guitars, bandurrias and laudes Spaniards according to the project, by means of procedures and techniques of aquillado and sanding, verifying the set, to guarantee its quality and to allow its later varnished.

CR 5.1 The surfaces of the Spanish guitars, bandurrias and ludes are passed, and they are used to remove the tail stains and other adhesions, highlights, scratches and marks caused during the construction process. to prepare the surfaces for later sanding.

CR 5.2 Spanish guitars, bandurrias and lauds are passed with lijas by selecting their grains according to the type of wood, to remove the marks from the blade and to prepare the surface for their subsequent varnishing.

CR 5.3 Live chants are rounded with lija, to soften the touch of Spanish guitars, bandurrias and ludes and to facilitate their varnish.

CR 5.4 Finishing procedures and techniques are executed after selection, preparation and conditioning of tools and cutting tools and equipment to ensure the craft quality of the product and to prevent occupational hazards. and environmental.

CR 5.5 Compliance with the specifications set out in the project is verified throughout the process through visual control and measurements to ensure the quality of the final result.

RP 6: Perform the placement of the bridge of the Spanish guitars, bandurrias and laudes, according to the specified shot and using the techniques and procedures established in the project to ensure its tuning.

CR 6.1 The transverse position of the bridge is determined taking into account the prolongation of the two edges of the diapason on the lid, drawing, using templates or other tools, to ensure the alignment of the cords on the diapason, as specified in the project.

CR 6.2 The longitudinal position of the bridge is determined according to the project specifications, to ensure the tuning of the instrument.

CR 6.3 The bridging surface of the bridge is fitted to the cap, for subsequent sizing.

CR 6.4 The bridge is queued to the cap using clamping and pressure means to ensure its immobility in the drying process to ensure its location and sizing.

RP 7: Perform the assembly of pegs, pins and ropes of the guitars, bandurrias and laudes Spaniards, using the techniques and processes established in the project, checking their operation and sonority instrument, to verify the quality of the final product.

CR 7.1 The pins are placed, if any, by checking and reviewing their housing drills to ensure proper operation.

CR 7.2 The pegs, if any, are rectified with the saccapunts and fine lija and the conical drills are rectified with the reamer for correct adjustment.

CR 7.3 The grids are adjusted by verifying their channel and width measurements with respect to project specifications and reviewing and correcting errors in their case, to ensure their function of support and alignment of the strings.

CR 7.4 The ropes are mounted according to the techniques of the bridge and the pegs or pins to ensure the stability of the tuning.

CR 7.5 The instrument is tested to verify its sound qualities, making, if necessary, appropriate corrections for the correct operation of the instrument.

RP 8: Perform the verification and tuning of the Spanish guitars, bandurrias and laudes, using the techniques and processes established in the project, checking their operation and sound characteristics to guarantee the quality of the final product.

CR 8.1 The adjustments between the parts are verified by checking the continuity of their surfaces, the alignment of their axes, if any, to ensure the functionality, stability and solidity of their attachments and lace.

CR 8.2 The set of fillets and censuses is verified by checking the continuity of surfaces, the absence of hollows and tail debris to avoid aesthetic and functional defects.

CR 8.3 The surfaces of the instrument are verified by checking their homogeneity, absence of impurities and marks caused during the construction process to ensure the finishing of the artisan quality.

CR 8.4 The string height is verified, after mounting, by checking the distance of each to the diapason and reviewing and correcting errors if necessary, to ensure the characteristics of the pulsation.

CR 8.5 The mounted guitar is refined by a process or tuning technique, to check its sound characteristics and the generation of harmonics, detect sonority defects, fine-tune and correct them in their case.

Professional context:

Production media:

Wood. Adhesives. Hoops. Zoque block. Saws. Serruchos. Gubias. Formons. Blades. Limes. Lijas. Bank screw. Cats. Censas. Profiles. Strip of butt. Cap. Background. Mango. Diapason. Nozzle. Mouth reinforcement. Bars. Varets. Low-bridge reinforcement. Pawns or zoquels. Hoops reinforcements. Background reinforcement. Cover and bottom soleras. Mold. Brushes. Circular cutting gramil. Milling machine. Rules. Templates. Others.

Products and results:

Assembled lid and handle. Harmonic box. Harmonic box filleting. Mounted diapason. Bridge placed. Pin, or mounted pins and ropes. Guitar, bandurria or laud in white for later varnish.

Information used or generated:

Project. Designs. Schemes. Sketches. Photographs. Regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks. Technical documentation of supplies and suppliers.

COMPETITION UNIT 5: CRAFT AND HAND-CRAFTED DYES AND VARNISHES FOR MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

Level: 3

Code: UC1857_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Get the base varnish, from the preparation of the resins, following the traditional procedures to ensure a quality artisan product.

CR 1.1 The resins are selected according to their purity, transparency and coloration, among other characteristics, to achieve a final quality result.

CR 1.2 The selected resins (lacquer, dammar and copal gum, among others) are reduced to dust or fragmented into small pieces to facilitate their dissolution.

CR 1.3 The mixture of the powdered or fragmented resins is added to the solvents (alcohol, essences and oils, among others), together or separately, stirring the same to proceed with dissolution.

CR 1.4 The dissolution of resin and solvent is cooked at medium temperature, if any, by observing the safety and hygiene measures, to obtain the varnish.

CR 1.5 The quality of the varnish is ensured by letting it decant and proceeding to its filtering to obtain a product free of elements in suspension, translucent and homogeneous.

CR 1.6 Working tools and tools are used in compliance with the instructions for use, cleaning and maintenance to ensure their conservation and to ensure regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

CR 1.7 The work area is kept clean and tidy, to allow for the quick localization and inventory of materials, auxiliary media, tools and tools.

CR 1.8 The procedures for obtaining varnish are executed after selection, preparation and conditioning of the tools and tools and cutting equipment to guarantee the artisanal quality of the product and to prevent risks labor and environmental.

RP 2: Tenure the pieces of the musical instrument using the technique and procedure laid down in the project, under conditions of occupational safety and environmental protection, to obtain a uniform color of quality.

CR 2.1 Base dyes are prepared on the basis of different artisanal extraction procedures to obtain light and transparent colorations.

CR 2.2 The base coloring of the pieces is done using the technique established in the project, depending on the nature and extent of the wood absorption, to ensure a homogeneous result.

CR 2.3 The application of dyes composed of natural or artificial dyes, if any, dissolved in water, are carried out according to the traditional method by wetting the wood to open the pore and to facilitate a colouring. homogeneous, especially on flat surfaces.

CR 2.4 The oxidation base coloration is performed by direct application of its components or by exposure in transformed gaseous atmospheres, to facilitate the homogeneity of the color.

CR 2.5 The quality of the coloring is verified by visual control and comparison with samples to ensure the color characteristics established in the project.

CR 2.6 Occupational and environmental safety is ensured by implementing the measures laid down in the regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks related to the materials, tools and operations used and carried out in the tinting process to avoid risks.

RP 3: Sellar the pores of the wood of the musical instrument according to the procedure established in the project, under conditions of occupational safety and environmental protection, in order to obtain a homogeneous primer of quality.

CR 3.1 The tapapores is manufactured by diluting the base varnish on its own solvent to obtain a liquefied and light product that penetrates the pores of the wood more easily.

CR 3.2 The seal of the wood pore is performed by applying tapapores, according to the method established in the project, with criteria of quality and occupational safety and environmental, to ensure a homogeneous primer.

CR 3.3 The treated timbers are gently polished, once the priming is dry, using abrasive to obtain a smooth surface before proceeding to the varnish.

CR 3.4 The quality of the sealing and polishing is verified by visual and tactile control to ensure the homogeneity of the required priming and texture.

CR 3.5 Occupational and environmental safety is guaranteed by applying the measures laid down in the regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks related to the materials, tools and operations used and carried out in the sealing process to avoid risks.

RP 4: Barnize and polish musical instruments through craft techniques and procedures, in terms of occupational safety and environmental protection, to protect and beautify the surface with quality assurance.

CR 4.1 The base varnish is applied on the pieces using brushes, brushes or munches in a succession of layers, allowing the former to dry before applying the succession, to avoid cracking and other effects not desired in the varnish.

CR 4.2 The varnish film obtained by various layers is polished with abrasive, once dried, to proceed to the smoothing of the surfaces.

CR 4.3 The base varnish is colored by adding natural or artificial colorants, if any, to obtain the color tonality that fits the project.

CR 4.4 The base varnish had, applied in successive layers, using the techniques and the craft procedures, to obtain the final tonality of the musical instrument reflected in the project.

CR 4.5 The dyed varnish layer is protected with several layers of base varnish to prevent it from being damaged in the polishing processes and to protect it from premature wear.

CR 4.6 The polishing process is done once the varnish is dry, with abrasive or munching in order to obtain a quality artisan result and adjusted to the initial project.

CR 4.7 Occupational and environmental safety is guaranteed by applying the measures laid down in the regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks related to the materials, tools and operations used and carried out to avoid risks.

Professional context:

Production media:

Heaters. Mortars. Grinders. Flasks. Test tubes. Distillers. Filters. Thermometers. Measuring tools. Resins. Gums. Natural dyes. Synthetic dyes. Alcohol. Oils. Essences. Face masks. Gloves. Air filtering systems. Brushes. Brushes. Pigments. Land. Pumice stone. Tripoli. Lijas.

Products and results:

Base varnish. Tapapores. Tinted varnishes. Craft varnishes. Dyed pieces. Sealed musical instruments. Varnished and polished musical instruments.

Information used or generated:

Design and construction project of the musical instrument. Regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks. Instructions for use and maintenance of tools, tools and equipment. Catalogues of resins, gums, dyes and varnishes. Material sheets of materials.

COMPETITION UNIT 6: ORGANIZE THE PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITY OF A CRAFT WORKSHOP

Level: 2

Code: UC1690_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Define the objectives of the craftsman workshop when carrying out the feasibility plan, taking into account the reality of the market in order to achieve maximum profitability of the resources and investments.

CR 1.1 Investments for the creation of an artisan workshop are valued on the basis of their depreciation to ensure the profitability of the artisan workshop.

CR 1.2 The possibilities of making parts of the artisan workshop are analyzed taking into account the investment in machinery and tools to achieve the maximum profitability of the resources.

CR 1.3 Production is estimated taking into account the market situation to make the investment made in the craft workshop profitable.

CR 1.4 The corporate image of the artisan workshop provided for in the feasibility plan is decided on the basis of proposed drawings and logos to provide the workshop with a graphic identity for the market.

RP 2: Structure the workshop taking into account human and material resources, adjusting to standards on quality, job security and environmental management to ensure optimal storage and production.

CR 2.1 The spaces are defined and identified taking into account the regulations on occupational risks to adapt it to the production needs and the storage conditions of raw materials and processed products.

CR 2.2 The jobs are identified taking into account the functions and processes to be carried out in the workshop for further integration into the production process, taking into account what is established in the labor regulations.

CR 2.3 The allocation of tools and machinery is defined taking into account the production needs to ensure the productive processes of the artisan workshop and the established forecasts.

CR 2.4 The distribution of the machinery in the workshop is done taking into account the regulations on occupational hazards to ensure at all times the safety of the workers.

CR 2.5 The safety conditions of the machinery are verified taking into account the regulations on occupational hazards and environmental management and user manuals to ensure the safety of the operators.

RP 3: Carry out the work and tax obligations plan and possible grants, identifying tax and labour regulations and procedures, and the calls for grants to craft workshops to organise the Workshop effectively.

CR 3.1 The documentation is identified taking into account the tax and labor regulations to initiate economic activity.

CR 3.2 Existing grants and other public subsidies at local, regional or state level are identified taking into account the calls in order to request in time and form aid for the workshops. artisans.

CR 3.3 The options for the hiring of workers are considered taking into account labour regulations to cover the needs of production.

CR 3.4 The timing of taxes and social security contributions is periodically reviewed for the purpose of making payments that would allow the current of tax obligations to be linked to the workshop. artesan.

RP 4: Develop a quote for the part or series to be performed by calculating the costs to decide their profitability.

CR 4.1 The consumption of raw materials, tools, auxiliary media and energy is valued taking into account its cost for the production of the budget.

CR 4.2 Labor costs are incorporated into the budgets to be passed on to the final price of the piece.

CR 4.3 Presentation, packaging, transport costs are incorporated into the budgets to be passed on to the final price of the part.

CR 4.4 The costs of general maintenance and amortization expenses of the workshop and the value added value of the product are incorporated into the budgets to be passed on to the final price of the piece.

RP 5: Ensure supply of supplies, combining needs with stocks to ensure the development of planned production.

CR 5.1 The provisioning forecast is made taking into account the needs of raw materials, the auxiliary means, the tools and the tools and the fuel to ensure the development of the workshop activity.

CR 5.2 Supplies stocks are counted faithfully to keep inventory up to date.

CR 5.3 Providers are related by a database by collecting their features and other singularities that identify them in order to perform the required order orders.

CR 5.4 Supply orders are prepared by pointing out the characteristics of the materials, the quantities and the delivery times to avoid shortages in the activity of the artisan workshop.

RP 6: Define the production marketing strategy of the workshop based on the distribution channels of the artisan product to ensure its sale.

CR 6.1 The marketing formulas for artisan products are selected based on the characteristics of the market to select the most advantageous.

CR 6.2 The product presentation plan is proposed taking into account the marketing formula of products from the artisan workshop to be introduced into the selected market.

CR 6.3 The system of valuation and control of the sale of products is made by monitoring the marketing results to introduce corrective measures if the findings are not in line with the project company.

Professional context:

Production media:

Means for budgeting and cost assessment. Labour and tax regulations in force for micro-enterprises. Costs of materials, fuels and electricity. Drawings of the workshop and facilities.

Products and results:

Viability plan. Application for grants. Labour budgets. Tax plan. Payments of tax obligations. Product presentation plan proposals. Manufacturing and sales control system. Marketing plan. Budget for craft products. Inventory of supplies. Supply needs for supplies. Orders for supplies.

Information used or generated:

Tax and labor regulations in force. Grants from local, regional and state administration. Marketing formulas. Technical sheets of materials. Designs of craft pieces. Technical sheets of craft products. Supplier relationship. Inventory of materials. Supply needs for raw materials, auxiliary media, tools and tools.

TRAINING MODULE 1: DESIGN AND CRAFT CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS FOR STRING MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

Level: 3

Code: MF1853_3

Associate with UC: Develop the design and craft construction project of string musical instruments

Duration: 150 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Identify and analyze information about string musical instruments related to historical background, materials, techniques, and construction processes.

CE1.1 Describe systems of collection, selection and archiving of information related to artistic and technical projects of construction of musical instruments of string.

CE1.2 Citar the constructive modalities of schools and traditions in the area of Lutheran describing the characteristics, constructive techniques, materials and tools.

CE1.3 In a practical case of identifying styles of musical instruments from photographs of various musical instruments given, identifying the style to which each model belongs, describing its characteristics artistic, aesthetic, technical, mechanical-acoustic and material.

CE1.4 In a practical scenario of collecting and selecting information for the development of a construction project referred to a pre-existing model, from all types of documents on trends, styles, journals, studies, plans, drawings or photographs, among others proposed, analyze, identify and classify information related to the model to be developed.

CE1.5 In a practical information collection scenario for the development of a construction project, based on the client's demands collected through interviews and questionnaires, among others, to recognize the needs specific to a customer based on their explanations and requirements, and to develop a model proposal to build.

C2: Determine formal, aesthetic, technical, mechanical-acoustic specifications of a string musical instrument in different assumptions or situations from collected and evaluated information.

CE2.1 Describe and identify methods of analysis of sources of information on string musical instruments.

CE2.2 Describe formal-formal, functional, structural, material and technical conditions, relating to their influence on the determination of specifications of string musical instruments.

CE2.3 In a scenario of determining the specification of string musical instruments, from a list of conditions:

-Sketch the dimensions and shapes of the string musical instrument.

-Determine the qualities of the materials by relating them to their function.

-Develop structural specifications using schemas and drawings.

-Elaborate formal and decorative proposals through drawings.

CE2.4 In a practical case of material recognition (timbers) of a project in compliance with the environmental management criteria and the needs of the recipient:

-Identify timbers according to degree of drying, hardness and aesthetic properties.

-Select the materials according to their functionality.

-Apply environmental requirements in the resolution of orders.

CE2.5 Relate the acoustics of the string musical instruments with the perceptive qualities of the materials by setting the specifications according to their design.

C3: Apply manual and computer graphical representation techniques for string musical instruments from their formal and symbolic-aesthetic specifications.

CE3.1 Citar procedures, instruments and graphical representation techniques related to its application in development of lutheria projects.

CE3.2 Describe international standards by relating their use in drawing and representation of string musical instruments.

CE3.3 Describe the characteristics of the drawing and drawing programs of plans relating to their application in Lutheran.

CE3.4 In a practical scenario of performing graphical representations, based on documentation given on the formal and symbolic-aesthetic specifications of the musical instrument of string.

-Set the manual or digital procedures, techniques, and instruments to use for rendering.

-Perform sketches representing the formal and symbolic-aesthetic characteristics of the string musical instrument.

-Make planes at 1: 1 scale of the shapes and dimensions of the elements of the string musical instrument.

-Graphically reintroduce the constructive solutions of the string musical instrument and parts using computer media.

C4: Confect plans for the elaboration of string musical instruments from the documentation that includes their characteristics, materials, techniques, and economic conditions.

CE4.1 Describe the documentation types of a project by relating the graphical and written information.

CE4.2 In a practical scenario of sorting the job streams from a given project:

-Make the disposition of the assembly phases by taking care of the phases of the assembly by optimizing time and resources.

-Apply optimization criteria in project development.

-Select the fulfillment tools that match the characteristics of the established documentation.

-Specify the relationship of materials by determining their quality.

-Compose the elaboration plan by incorporating the previous decisions.

CE4.3 Describe the economic factors of the cost of a musical string instrument, distinguishing between materials and labor.

CE4.4 In a practical scenario of making plans for the development of musical instruments of rope, taking into account the norms of prevention of occupational and environmental risks, economy of means, effort and time, and from of a given project, perform the following activities:

-Define the materials specifications by calculating their volume.

-Temporarily and functionally organize production phases.

-Set deadlines and run times.

-Calculate materials and labor costs.

-Compose the elaboration plan.

C5: Organize project documentation from graphic and written documents from string musical instrument projects.

CE5.1 Describe the structure and formal organization of a project of a musical string instrument, relating to its usefulness, presentation to the client and the process of realization.

CE5.2 List the graphic and written documents to include in the documentation of a project of a string musical instrument justifying its incorporation.

CE5.3 In a practical documentation organization scenario, prepare a document with the economic conditions from the forecast of material consumption, auxiliary media and labor.

CE5.4 In a convenient documentation organization scenario, from the same, perform the following activities:

-Arrange the structure of the document in chapters.

-Select the graphical documents to include with communicative criteria.

-Select the useful technical and economic information.

-Incorporate the set of with graphical consistency and formal unit criteria.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.3, CE1.4 and CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.3 and CE2.4; C3 with respect to CE3.4; C4 with respect to CE4.2 and CE4.4; C5 with respect to CE5.3 and CE5.4.

Other capabilities:

Prove a good professional.

Use time and effort to extend knowledge and supplemental information to use in your work.

Propose challenging targets that represent a higher level of performance and effectiveness than previously achieved.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Interpret and respond to customer demands.

Treat the customer with courtesy, respect and discretion.

Demonstrate creativity in the development of the work you do.

Contents:

1. Information and background for string musical instrument projects

Historical evolution of musical instruments: styles, among others.

Defining the structural features of the instrument.

The typology of musical instruments.

Selection of information.

Qualities of musical instruments: form, aesthetic uses; basic and accessory functions, and acoustic requirements.

2. Structure of construction projects for musical instruments

Definition of the initial requirements, control of the information. Planning and monitoring of project processes: methodology and description.

The construction projects of musical instruments today: trends and styles.

The project process: intuition and method.

Formal and informative unit and consistency in project presentation.

3. Structural elements of a musical instrument

Study of the structural characteristics of a musical instrument: record of components according to the parts of the musical instrument, conventional and innovative materials, classification of specifications.

Useful preparation procedure: types of materials depending on the design to be performed, selection of the itinerary to be developed, tool maintenance.

Specification Analysis Techniques: the constituent formal traits of a typology related to previous models, equating some properties or traits with the preceding documentation.

4. Sound elements of a musical instrument

Acoustics and sound: doorbell, tone, color, tesitura.

Study of the sound characteristics of a musical instrument.

Specification analysis techniques: relationship between elements, materials and parts and acoustic characteristics of string musical instruments.

5. Graphic representation techniques for musical instrument design

Selection of representation systems in the determination of shapes and structures: drawing and graphic-plastic resources of description, reflection on an idea, assessment and choice of treatment to be used.

Use of computer equipment in the processing of graphics: support programs, databases on the Internet.

Collection of data on representation systems: functional, communicative and aesthetic values; influence of design on the development and evolution of musical references and musical instruments.

6. Organisation, quality and safety in the development of musical instruments

Documentation and analysis systems: control of materials, production processes; structural and decorative elements.

Sequence and management of production phases: division of processes in stages, integration of materials, technology and price, reports of performance of traditional materials (timbers) and innovators (carbon fibre); recognition of procedures in the provision of project phases.

Quality verification systems and procedures in craft environments.

Measures of attention to safety at work: economy of means, systems of respect to specific ergonomic conditioning, selection of processes synthesis of effort factors/time/result.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

− Multi-purpose Aula of a minimum of 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

− 60 m² graphical expression workshop

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Mastery of knowledge and techniques related to the development of design and craft construction projects of string musical instruments, which will be accredited by one of the following ways:

-Academic training of Licentiated/a, degree of equivalent degree or of other higher levels related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: WOODS FOR BUILDING ARTISANS ' MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

Level: 3

Code: MF1854_3

Associate to UC: Select and store timbers for building artisans ' musical instruments

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Apply selection criteria in the acquisition of wood, raw or custom, for artisan musical instruments, depending on the pieces in which it is to be transformed.

CE1.1 Describe the most common defects (rajas, reversed, knots, among others) that present the raw wood or as a measure related to the quality characteristics of the artisans.

CE1.2 Describe the verification procedures of raw or custom timbers by relating the factors that cause the defects.

CE1.3 Describe the factors that are considered in the assessment of the visual and mechanical quality of the raw timbers or as they relate to the final characteristics of the musical instrument.

CE1.4 Describe CITES (Convention International Trade in Endangered Species) regulations relating to environmental protection regulations.

CE1.5 In a scenario of applying selection criteria, based on project specifications and given samples:

-Decide the type of wood to use based on its physical and aesthetic characteristics.

-Identify the timbers given from their physical characteristics.

-Set the parameters to verify in the samples by determining the procedure to use.

-Verify your quality through visual and tactile procedures.

-Select the timbers to use from given.

C2: Apply wood classification techniques, raw or custom, for artisan musical instruments, by using criteria to identify them.

CE2.1 Describe standardized commercial denominations by relating them to their use in the construction of musical instruments.

CE2.2 Describe factors affecting aesthetic and mechanical qualities by relating them to their use in the construction of musical instruments.

CE2.3 Describe the identification criteria and timber classification procedures relating to their use in the maintenance and management of the warehouse.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario of applying criteria and classification techniques, based on project specifications and given samples:

-Identify the types corresponding to the timbers given by their trade name.

-Set your classification by qualities and sizes.

-Identify the parts that can be obtained from them according to their characteristics.

-Perform classification by commercial categories.

C3: Apply timbers storage criteria, raw or measured, for artisan musical instruments taking into account accessibility, location and maintenance of warehouses, with quality and safety criteria.

CE3.1 Describe storage procedures relating to the quality characteristics of the timbers used in the construction of musical instruments.

CE3.2 Describe stored wood protection techniques relating to the quality characteristics of the timbers used in the construction of musical instruments.

CE3.3 Describe the criteria for the organization of wood stores, relating them to the maintenance of the qualities of wood used in the construction of musical instruments.

CE3.4 In a practical scenario of application of storage criteria and procedures, based on a description and given samples, applying the regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks:

-Define the organization and storage criteria based on the given information.

-Perform the slatting of the samples by ensuring the stability of the wood.

-Carry out the sealing of the testas by ensuring the stability of the wood.

-Perform the entire process while respecting work and environmental security measures.

C4: Apply techniques and procedures for inventorying wood and materials for artisan musical instruments through the use of identification criteria and tools for processing and maintenance.

CE4.1 Set criteria for the identification of woods by linking them with their use for the construction of musical instruments.

CE4.2 Feature computer tools and techniques and manuals used in inventory processing.

CE4.3 In a practical scenario of applying criteria and classification techniques, based on project specifications and given samples:

-Identify the types corresponding to the timbers given by their trade name.

-Select and apply classification criteria.

-Develop an inventory of the samples given using those criteria.

-Use IT tools by viewing operations for up to date maintenance and management.

-Identify the parts that can be obtained from them according to their characteristics.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.4; C3 with respect to CE3.4; C4 with respect to CE4.3.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Finish the job within the set deadlines.

Propose alternatives to improve results.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Contents:

1. Types of wood in the construction of musical instruments

Commercial types.

Mechanical characteristics.

Types of veins.

Types of cuts.

Commercial Presentations.

Quality standards.

Wood-related environmental protection regulations: origin, protected species, CITES certifications (Convention International Trade in Endangered Species).

2. Wood inventory and storage systems for the construction of musical instruments

Classification and inventory criteria.

Storage conditions: ventilation, temperature, humidity and conditioning.

Timber protection techniques.

Computer tools applied to timbers inventories.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

− Multi-purpose Aula of a minimum of 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

− 60 m² graphical expression workshop

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the selection and storage of wood for the construction of musical instruments artisans, which will be accredited by one of the following forms:

-Academic training of Licentiated/a, degree of equivalent degree or of other higher levels related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 3: CRAFT-MAKING OF PIECES AND ELEMENTS OF GUITARS, BANDURRIAS AND/OR SPANISH LAUDES

Level: 3

Code: MF1855_3

Associated with UC: Craft the elements and pieces of Spanish guitars

bandurrias and/or laudes

Duration: 240 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Apply procedures for the preparation and selection of tools, tools, woods and adhesives according to their use in the construction of pieces of guitars, bandurrias and/or Spanish ludes, with criteria of quality and safety.

CE1.1 Describe the types of tools used in each process of the artisanal construction of the parts of guitars, bandurrias and Spanish ludes according to their uses and applications.

CE1.2 Describe the procedures for the preparation, storage, maintenance and regulation of useful tools, tools and machines used in the construction of the parts of guitars, bandurrias and laudes in Spain of their types and uses.

CE1.3 In a scenario of selecting and preparing tools and useful from a given project:

-Select tools and tools according to the processes of cutting, emptying, sawing or brushing among others.

-Verify your status and conditions of use through visual and functional checking.

-Perform the conditioning operations of the same under security conditions.

CE1.4 Describe the commercial denominations and qualities of the woods used in the construction of guitars, bandurrias and Spanish ludes artisans, according to their structural, aesthetic and sound characteristics.

CE1.5 In a practical case of selection of woods for the realization of a model of guitar, bandurria or handcrafted laud, from some rough tables given:

-Defer them by their trade name.

-Select them for their different uses in building the parts of the craft instrument.

C2: Apply techniques and procedures for the artisanal production of Spanish guitars, bandurrias and/or laudes from projects with quality and safety criteria.

CE2.1 Describe the process of preparing the pieces of wood for attachment, sizing and fastening according to aesthetic and structural criteria for the elaboration of the lid.

CE2.2 In a practical scenario of making tapas, starting from two raw tables and a project of guitar, bandurria or laud, applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Describe the lid-wrap process.

-Prepare the lids for sizing based on the vetoes characteristics of the tables.

-Perform the sizing in quality conditions.

-Make the cap cut from the shape defined in the project.

-Perform nozzle emptying, insert and wrap it, as project.

-Perform the calibration and aquillate of a given cap according to the project specifications.

CE2.3 Describe different sweep systems, stranding, and cover reinforcements explaining the differences.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario of carrying out the sweep and stranding of a lid, based on the techniques and procedures established in a guitar project, bandurria or laud, applying the measures of occupational safety and environmental:

-Prepare the bars, struts, and reinforcements.

-Wrap and carve bars, struts, and reinforcements.

C3: Apply techniques and procedures for the craft-making of funds and rings of guitars, bandurrias and/or Spanish ludes from projects, with criteria of quality and occupational safety and environmental.

CE3.1 Arguably describe background processing and hoops.

CE3.2 In a practical process of preparing hoops, starting with raw pieces and the procedures established in a project of guitars, bandurrias or Spanish ludes given, applying the measures of occupational safety and environmental:

-Perform your preparation based on the dimensions defined in the project.

-Make your put to thick and aquillated.

-Perform your domed.

-Perform the adjustment of its length.

CE3.3 In a practical scenario of drawing up a fund from a project guitars, bandurrias or Spanish ludes, applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Prepare the pieces of the background by profiling the edges, taking into account their alignment and the contact angle.

-Make your put to thick and aquillated.

-Develop the gasket reinforcement, sizing it up and repassing it.

-Develop the bars, wrap them to the bottom and drill them, according to the project specifications.

C4: Apply techniques and procedures for the artisanal production of guitars, bandurrias and/or Spanish laureates, from projects, with criteria of quality and occupational safety and environmental.

CE4.1 Describe the process of crafting a guitar handle, bandurria or Spanish ludes arguing it.

CE4.2 In a practical case of processing of the handle from raw pieces and the specifications set out in a given guitar, bandurria or laud project, applying the measures of occupational safety and environmental:

-Perform the cutting, adjusting and sizing of the handle-head according to the specifications set out in the project.

-Adjust and wrap the headliner or overhang.

-Bring and trim the handle and head or shovel.

-Empty the channels and perform pin drills.

-Perform all operations with security criteria.

CE4.3 In a practical scenario of preparing the handle from a custom piece and a given guitar, bandurria or laud project, perform the following operations:

-Perform zoque sizing.

-Perform the zoque cuts for the insertion of the hoops.

C5: Apply techniques and procedures for handcrafted diapason of guitars, bandurrias and/or Spanish ludes from projects, with criteria of quality and occupational safety and environmental.

CE5.1 Describe the techniques and procedures for the development of the Spanish guitar, bandurria, or laud diapason, relating to the tools, tools and processes.

CE5.2 In a practical scenario of making a diapason from selected woods according to the project guitar, bandurria or laud Spanish, applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Cut, brush, calibrate the selected wood according to the thickness indicated in the project.

-Tracing with template considering the alignment of the veins.

-Cut and profile a diapason by adjusting it to the instrument's mouth.

-Maintain the work zone and tools under conditions of use and conservation.

-Perform all operations with security criteria.

CE5.3 Identify labor risks related to the process of making a diapason and the means of protection to prevent them.

C6: Apply techniques and processes for the manufacture of interior pieces of guitars, bandurrias and/or Spanish ludes, from projects, with criteria of quality and occupational safety and environmental.

CE6.1 Describe the various interior reinforcements of a guitar, bandurria or laud relating them to their usual functions and timbers.

CE6.2 Describe a brewing system for each type of interior reinforcements by arguing it.

CE6.3 In a practical case of making interior parts, starting with a project of guitar, bandurria or laud, applying the measures of occupational safety and environmental:

-Get the zoquels or pawns from the preparation of triangular section slats.

-Get the hoops reinforcements by preparing rectangular section slats.

-Get the butt taco.

-Perform the transverse reinforcements and hoards.

-Perform all operations with security criteria.

C7: Apply techniques and processes for the artisanal production of ornamental pieces of guitars, bandurrias and/or Spanish ludes, from projects, with criteria of quality and occupational safety and environmental.

CE7.1 Describe the processing of a nozzle by linking it to the techniques, procedures and tools used.

CE7.2 Describe the process of making censas, strip of butt and bridge plate or tapilla relating it to the techniques, procedures and tools employed.

CE7.3 In a practical scenario of crafting ornamental pieces, from a given project:

-Elaborate the edges of the edges of the acoustic box of a guitar, bandurria or laud according to the technique established in the project.

-Draw the nozzle according to the technique set in the project.

-Develop the bridge or tap board with the material specified in the project.

-Develop the butt strip.

-Perform operations with quality and security criteria.

C8: Apply techniques and processes for the craft elaboration of bridges of guitars, bandurrias and/or Spanish ludes, from projects, with criteria of quality and safety of work and environment.

CE8.1 Describe the elaboration of a bridge of a guitar, bandurria or laud, identifying the techniques, processes and tools.

CE8.2 In a practical scenario of applying a bridge-making techniques, according to a guitar, bandurria or laud project, given and from a selected piece of wood, obtain the block of the bridge by making the cuts of thick, width, and length.

CE8.3 In a practical scenario of drawing up a bridge, from a block of sized wood and a project of guitar, bandurria or laud, applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Perform the slot of the cejuela by longitudinal cutting.

-Host the bridge or bridge plate by making the box on the bridge surface.

-Empty the string output channel using the system set in the project.

-Empty the bridge or end of the bridge according to the measures specified in the project.

-Perform the drills for the strings.

-Perform the aquillate and final sanding.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.3 and CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.2 and CE2.4; C3 with respect to CE3.2 and CE3.3; C4 with respect to CE4.2 and CE4.3; C5 with respect to CE5.2; C6 for CE6.3; C7 for CE7.3; C8 for CE8.2; C8 for CE8.2 and CE8.3.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Prove a good professional.

Finish the job within the set deadlines.

Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Respect company procedures and rules.

Use time and effort to extend knowledge and supplemental information for use in your work.

Demonstrate interest in the broad knowledge of the artisan organization and its processes.

Demonstrate responsibility for successes and failures and failures.

Respect the internal procedures and rules of the artisan company.

Habit with the work rhythm of the artisan company.

Contents:

1. Configuration of Spanish guitars, bandurrias and laudes

Acoustic box: hoops, bottom, zoque, butt taco, backbars, background reinforcements and hoops.

Harmonic lid: lid, bars, stranding, cap, bridge, and nozzle reinforcements.

Mastil: handle, head, headliner, heel, diapason, pegs and pins.

2. Procedures and processes for the selection and preparation of wood, useful and material in the elaboration of pieces of guitars, bandurrias and Spanish ludes artisans

Types of timbers and other usual materials based on pieces of the Spanish guitars, bandurrias and laudes.

Criteria for the selection of timbers for their qualities and the function they need to perform.

Preparation procedures: cutting tools and machinery for the manufacture of pieces for the construction of guitars, bandurrias and artesan lauds, sharp and seated edge operations, tool maintenance and machinery.

Useful: templates, soleras, measuring instruments, pressure and clamping tools.

Adhesive materials.

Safety measures related to the preparation of woods and other materials for the artisanal elaboration of the different pieces of the guitar, bandurria and laud Spanish, regulations on prevention of occupational risks and environmental.

3. Systems for drilling and stranding on guitars, bandurrias and Spanish artisans ' lauds

Traditional Harmonic Cap and Stranding Systems.

Harmonic-cap current sweep and stranding systems.

4. Procedures for the production of spars of guitars, bandurrias and Spanish laureates

Operations, tools, and handles processes.

Operations, tools, and processes for making diapasons.

Systems of determination of the location of the storage: mathematical, geometric, among others.

Work and environmental safety measures related to the development of the mast: regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

5. Techniques for the development of ornamental pieces of guitars, bandurrias and laudes

Nozzle-making techniques (mosaic, taraceas, marquetry, filleting): operations, tools and processes.

Steak and Ceneaf processing techniques, bridge tapillas, butt strips: operations, tools and processes.

Work and environmental safety measures related to the preparation of the various external and ornamental parts: regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

6. Techniques for the manufacture of lids, bottoms and rings of guitars, bandurrias and ludes

Tapas processing techniques: operations, tools, and processes of production.

Funds-making techniques: operations, tools, and realization processes.

hoops-making techniques: operations, tools, and processes of realization.

Work and environmental safety measures related to the preparation of the various external and ornamental parts: regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

7. Procedures for drawing up the bridge of guitars, bandurrias and laudes

Bridge slotted operations, tools, and processes.

Bridge tap insertion operations, tools, and processes.

Output channel emptying operations, tools, and processes on bridges.

Operations, tools, and process of emptying the bridge sticks or ends.

Bridge drilling operations, tools, and processes.

Work and environmental safety measures related to the development of the bridge: regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

− Multi-purpose Aula of a minimum of 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

− 90 m² musical instrument building workshop.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Mastery of knowledge and techniques related to the craft-making of the elements and pieces of Spanish guitars, bandurrias and/or lauds, which will be credited by one of the following forms:

-Academic training of Licentiated/a, degree of equivalent degree or of other higher levels related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 4: ASSEMBLY AND HANDCRAFTED ASSEMBLY OF ELEMENTS AND PIECES OF GUITARS, BANDURRIAS AND LAUDES SPANISH

Level: 3

Code: MF1856_3

Associate with UC: Assemble and craft the elements and pieces of Spanish guitars, bandurrias and lauds.

Duration: 270 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Apply technical techniques and procedures for assembly of the assembly of a lid and handle of guitars, bandurrias and ludes in Spain according to the traditional Spanish technique and from projects, with quality criteria and security.

CE1.1 Describe the traditional Spanish cap and handle assembly technique and the differences regarding other mounting techniques in an argument.

CE1.2 In a practical scenario of cap and handle assembly from a given project, applying the environmental and labor security measures:

-Perform the length adjustment of the cap.

-Perform the handle recess for the cover of the lid.

-Perform the adjustment and sizing the cap to the handle.

CE1.3 In a practical scenario of adjusting and trimming bar length from a given project, perform the following activities with quality and security criteria:

-Draw the length of the bars with the mold.

-Cut the bars.

C2: Apply handcrafted techniques and procedures to the Spanish, acoustic box of guitars, banners and Spanish ludes from construction projects, with safety and quality criteria.

CE2.1 Describe a procedure for mounting the acoustic case of a guitar, bandurria or laud by arguing it.

CE2.2 In a practical scenario of mounting the acoustic box from a given project, applying the work safety and environmental measures:

-Perform the adjustment and sizing of the hoops to the zoo.

-Perform the adjustment and sizing of the butt taco.

-Perform the started, instrument.

-Perform the adjustment and sizing of the hoops and hors reinforcement.

CE2.3 In a practical scenario of mounting the acoustic case of a guitar, bandurria or laud from a given project, perform the following activities:

-Perform the background seat adjustment on the hoops, zoque, and butt taco.

-Perform the background bar adjustment to the hoops reinforcement.

-Perform background sizing considering the handle-cap angle defined in the project.

C3: Apply handcrafted techniques and procedures for filing and assembling ceneas or fillets and strips of butt on guitars, bandurrias, and Spanish ludes, starting with construction projects, with safety and quality criteria.

CE3.1 Describe the procedures and techniques of ceneuse assembly, identifying quality materials and criteria and more common defects.

CE3.2 In a practical scenario of assembly and handcrafted adjustment of a guitar, bandurria or laud's cylinder head from elaborate pieces and according to a given project, perform the following activities:

-Remove excess wood from the lid and bottom.

-Reject the edges of the case and strip of butt while respecting the project specifications.

-Perform the butt flush.

-Perform the prolongation of the recesses under the diapason on the cover and on the heel in the background.

CE3.3 In a practical scenario of assembly and handcrafted adjustment of a guitar, bandurria or laud, starting with elaborate pieces and according to a given project, perform the following activities:

-Perform the adjustment and sizing of the censas and/or fillets.

-Perform the assembly and sizing of the butt strip.

-Perform the repassing and scraping of the censas and/or fillets.

-Perform the scrape and scraping of the butt strip.

C4: Apply techniques and craft procedures for the assembly of the diapason of guitars, bandurrias and Spanish ludes, from construction projects, with safety and quality criteria.

CE4.1 Describe different entrastate rule calculation systems.

CE4.2 In a scenario of a diapason mount from a given project, perform the following activities:

-Perform the diapason-cap adjustment.

-Perform the tuning of the diapason to the mouth.

-Enrape the diapason to the handle.

CE4.3 In a scenario of a diapason assembly from a given project, perform the following activities with quality and security criteria:

-Rectify the diapason by adjusting to the string height specified in the project.

-Perform the layout of the storerooms.

-Perform the ranching of the storage.

-Perform the trastate diving.

-Perform the trastride on the diapason edge.

-Make the upper plane rectifier of the storerooms.

-Redwave the storage loins.

-Perform the rounded of the mast.

C5: Apply artisanal finishing procedures of Spanish guitars, bandurrias and ludes using waterchillado and sanding techniques, from construction projects with safety and quality criteria.

CE5.1 Describe the procedures and craft techniques of guitar finishes, bandurrias and/or lauds identifying tools, abrasive and useful.

CE5.2 In its practical scenario of artisanal finishing, of guitars, bandurrias and/or lauds, from a given project, applying the measures of occupational safety and environmental:

-Accuse the surfaces of the instrument by removing defects in case.

-Select the abrasive to be used and slink the instrument taking into account the type of wood and timing of the process.

CE5.3 In its practical scenario of finishing a guitar, bandurria or laud, from a given project, applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Redwave live songs.

-Verify the result by visual control.

C6: Apply techniques and craft procedures for the placement of bridges of guitars, bandurrias and Spanish ludes, from construction projects, with safety and quality criteria.

CE6.1 Describe bridge placement procedures and techniques by arguing them.

CE6.2 In a practical scenario of handcrafted the bridge of a guitar, bandurria or laud, starting with elaborate pieces and according to a given project, perform the following activities:

-Determine the transverse position of the bridge by following the project specifications.

-Determine the longitudinal position of the bridge by following the project specifications.

CE6.3 In a practical scenario of mounting the bridge of a guitar, bandurria or laud, from pieces made and according to a given project, applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Perform the preparation of the sizing surfaces.

-Perform the bridge sizing.

C7: Apply handcrafted techniques and procedures for pin-mount or pin-mount, jog and string and sound proof of Spanish guitars, bandurrias, and lauds from construction projects with safety criteria and quality.

CE7.1 Describe the procedures and techniques for mounting pins, pins, and ropes.

CE7.2 In a practical scenario of mounting the pin of a guitar, bandurria or laud, according to a given project, applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Verify and review the drills and place the pins.

-Adjust the pegs by correcting them with the saccapunts and adjust the conical drills with the reamer.

CE7.3 In a practical scenario of adjusting and assembling a guitar, bandurria or laud, according to a given project, applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Perform channel and width adjustment of the grids.

-Perform the top-brow slots.

CE7.4 In a practical scenario of mounting strings of a guitar, bandurria or laud, according to a given project, applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Perform the cordage by checking the height of the strings and correcting them in their case.

-Verify the absence of ceceos and make corrections to the defects detected in your case.

C8: Apply techniques and procedures for the verification of guitars, banners and Spanish ludes and control of their sound, based on the assessment and correction of their characteristics after the finish.

CE8.1 Identify the most common quality and defect criteria and errors in the process of assembling and finishing elements and pieces of Spanish guitars, bandurrias and laudes.

CE8.2 Explain the sound qualities (timbre, color, tesitura, among others) of the artisan guitar, relating them to their musical possibilities.

CE8.3 Describe the critical elements of the artisan guitar by linking them with their contribution to the sound and musical qualities.

CE8.4 In an alleged application of techniques and verification procedures of a given artisan guitar, perform the process, correcting the defects and errors in your case.

CE8.5 In an alleged verification and control of a given artisan guitar, perform the process, correcting the defects and errors in your case, and performing the following activities:

-Sharpen the guitar through hearing procedures and by tuning instruments.

-Check the maintenance of tuning throughout all of your octaves.

-Rate the generation of harmonics and their doorbell.

-Verify the absence of cceos.

-Correct the defects detected in your case.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.2 and CE1.3; C2 with respect to CE2.2 and CE2.3; C3 with respect to CE3.2 and CE3.3; C4 with respect to CE4.2 and CE4.3; C5 with respect to CE5.2 and CE5.3; C6 with respect to CE6.2 and CE6.3; C7 with respect to CE7.2, CE7.3 and CE7.4; CE8 with respect to CE8.4 and CE7.4. CE8.5.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Prove a good professional.

Finish the job within the set deadlines.

Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Respect company procedures and rules.

Use time and effort to extend knowledge and supplemental information for use in your work.

Demonstrate interest in the broad knowledge of the artisan organization and its processes.

Demonstrate responsibility for successes and failures and failures.

Respect the internal procedures and rules of the artisan company.

Habit with the work rhythm of the artisan company.

Contents:

1. System for mounting guitars, bandurrias and Spanish laureates according to the type of

/hoops

System to Spanish.

Milane-tailed encastre system.

Description of the usual tools and tools in the referenced mounts.

Assembly techniques and procedures.

fastening systems, assembly tools, and tools.

Security measures related to the referenced mounting systems.

2. System for mounting guitars, bandurrias and Spanish ludes according to the type of mould

Air Mount on Solera.

Internal mold assembly.

External mold assembly.

Description of the usual tools and tools in the referenced mounts.

Assembly techniques and procedures.

fastening systems, assembly tools, and tools.

Security measures related to the referenced mounting systems.

3. System for mounting guitars, bandurrias and Spanish ludes according to the order of assembly

Mounting from the handle-cap assembly.

Mounting from the handle-to assembly.

Mounting from the acoustical box assembly.

Description of the usual tools and tools in the referenced mounts.

Assembly techniques and procedures.

fastening systems, assembly tools, and tools.

Security measures related to the referenced mounting systems.

4. Craft techniques for the film of Spanish guitars, bandurrias and laudes

Techniques and procedures for emptying by gramil.

Techniques for emptying by means of an electric milling machine.

Protection systems in the emptying process.

Adhesive use criteria in the assembly of steaks or censas.

Fastening systems of filepteries or censas to the acoustic box.

Security measures related to the emptying and filtering of guitars, bandurrias and/or laudes.

5. Assembly of the diapason and finish of the mast of guitars, bandurrias and Spanish ludes

tuning techniques and procedures for diapason.

Adhesive use criteria in the slide assembly.

Cutting and repast tools.

Security measures related to mounting and finishing the mast.

6. Fixing the bridge of Spanish guitars, bandurrias and laudes

Bridge longitudinal and transverse position determination techniques.

Bridge attachment procedure to the cap.

Fixing and Pressure Useful.

7. Entrastado de diacasones para guitars, bandurrias y laudes Españoles

Processing techniques and procedures.

Processing and finishing techniques and procedures.

Diapason Finishes Techniques and Procedures.

8. Finishing and handcrafted adjustment of Spanish guitars, bandurrias and laudes

Past techniques and procedures: aquillado, sanding.

abrasive selection criteria in the finish.

Tools and finishing materials.

Security measures related to the sanding and repast of guitars, bandurrias and/or laudes.

9. Assembly of pins, cackles and strings of Spanish guitars, bandurrias and laudes

Pin features, cuffs, and strings.

Mount criteria.

Process and tool types.

Cejuela and Bridge bone finishing techniques.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

− Multi-purpose Aula of a minimum of 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

− 90 m² musical instrument building workshop.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Mastery of knowledge and techniques related to the assembly and handcrafted assembly of the elements and pieces of Spanish guitars, bandurrias and laudes, which will be credited in one of the following ways:

-Academic training of Licentiated/a, degree of equivalent degree or of other higher levels related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

FORMATIVE MODULE 5: TINTING AND HANDCRAFTED MUSICAL INSTRUMENT VARNISHING

Level: 3

Code: MF1857_3

Associate with UC: Craft and Artisanal Apply Dyes and varnishes for Musical Instruments

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Develop base varnish manufacturing processes, according to traditional procedures, with safety and quality criteria.

CE1.1 Identify the factors that condition the purity and quality of the resins by explaining them.

CE1.2 Describe the fragmentation processes of the resins, taking into account the safety and hygiene measures in the operations.

CE1.3 Describe the varnish cooking process, listing the materials, tools, and tools, as well as the labor and environmental security measures to be applied.

CE1.4 In a practical process of manufacturing varnishes, from a given project, to perform the procedures of mixing resins and cold solvents in compliance with the measures of occupational safety and environmental safety.

CE1.5 In a practical process of cooking varnishes, from a given project, applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Verify the conditions of the materials, tools, and tools to be used during the cooking process.

-Preparing or using during the cooking process the conditions and measures of work and environmental safety.

-Cocer the dissolution of resin and solvent, controlling the temperature.

-Filter the varnish after its decantation.

-Ensure the order and cleanliness and preservation of the tools, tools, and work zone at the end of the process.

C2: Apply dyeing techniques and procedures for pieces of musical instruments, from projects, with quality and safety criteria.

CE2.1 identify the artisanal dye extraction procedures by describing raw materials, processes, tools, and tools.

CE2.2 Describe traditional artisan wood-based colouring techniques by linking them to the nature and extent of wood absorption and relating them to materials, tools and tools, as well as work safety and environmental measures.

CE2.3 Describe base coloring systems using chemical oxidation processes.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario of application of water-based dyeing processes, from wood parts and a given project, applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Identify and apply workplace and environmental security measures throughout the process.

-Determine the process of coloring to be used in each wood, identifying the characteristics of each piece.

-Hug the timbers in a homogeneous way.

-Apply the different base-tinged artisan processes, as determined for each piece.

-Check the homogeneity of the dyeing.

-Ensure the order and cleanliness and preservation of the tools, tools, and work zone at the end of the process.

C3: Apply wood pore sealing procedures for pieces of musical instruments, from the manufacture of the tapapores, and according to a project, with quality and safety criteria.

CE3.1 Describe the process of making the tapapores, identifying raw materials, procedures to follow, useful, tools to use, as well as the work and environmental safety measures to be applied.

CE3.2 Identify the artisan process of sealing wood from musical instruments, describing the procedures for application of tapapores and polishing, sequence of operations, tools and tools to be used, as well as the measures of occupational and environmental security to be applied.

CE3.3 Describe the polishing processes of the printed surfaces, justifying the sequence of operations, the useful tools and tools, and the work and environmental security measures to be used.

CE3.4 In a practical scenario of sealing the pore of pieces of musical instruments, from a plan of elaboration of a given project, applying the measures of occupational safety and environmental:

-Recognize in the plan the indications about the sealing process.

-Prepare raw materials, useful to use.

-Manufacture the tapapores by diluting the base varnish and complying with the work safety and environmental measures.

-Apply the tapapores by ensuring a homogeneous primer and complying with the work and environmental safety measures.

-Check the quality of the print using visual control.

-Polishing the surfaces, checking the quality of the result.

-Ensure the order and cleanliness and preservation of the tools, tools, and work zone at the end of the process.

C4: Apply traditional techniques of varnishing and polishing of musical instruments, from construction projects, with quality and safety criteria.

CE4.1 Citar the types of varnish to be applied according to its purpose, describe the techniques to be executed in each case and identifying the useful, tools and measures of occupational safety and environmental to be used.

CE4.2 Describe the traditional polish technique by identifying the procedures, tools, tools, and work and environmental security measures to be used.

CE4.3 In a practical case of varnish and polish pieces of musical instruments, from a given project, applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Apply the base varnish according to the traditional layer succession technique.

-Apply the tinted varnish according to the traditional technique.

-Apply the base varnish on the tinted varnish.

-Perform the polish process.

-Perform visual and tactile quality control after each application.

-Perform operations in compliance with workplace and environmental security measures.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.4 and CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.4; C3 with respect to CE3.4; C4 with respect to CE4.3.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Prove a good professional.

Finish the job within the set deadlines.

Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Interpret and execute instructions for the elaboration plans.

Respect company procedures and rules.

Use time and effort to extend knowledge and supplemental information for use in your work.

Demonstrate interest in the broad knowledge of the artisan organization and its processes.

Demonstrate responsibility for successes and failures and failures.

Respect the internal procedures and rules of the artisan company.

Habit with the work rhythm of the artisan company.

Contents:

1. Traditional drawing of base varnish for musical instruments

Determination of varnishes.

Selection of resins and solvents.

Fragmentation procedures.

Cooking and filtering processes.

Regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks: protection systems and containment systems.

2. Wood-based dyeing for musical instruments

dye extraction systems.

dye application processes.

Base coloring with chemical processes.

Safety, protection, hygiene and containment measures: regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

3. Preparation of tapapores for musical instruments

Traditional processing processes.

Traditional tapapore and polishing techniques.

Measures for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks: regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

Quality verification.

4. Traditional varnishing for musical instruments

Application systems.

Polish processes.

Coloring systems.

Regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks: regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

− Multi-purpose Aula of a minimum of 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

− 90 m² musical instrument building workshop.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the manufacture and application of the artisanal form of dyes and varnishes for musical instruments, which will be accredited by one of the following forms:

-Academic training of Licentiated/a, degree of equivalent degree or of other higher levels related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 6: ORGANIZATION OF THE PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITY OF A CRAFT WORKSHOP

Level: 2

Code: MF1690_2

Associate with UC: Organize the Professional Activity of a Craft Workshop

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Determine the project of an artisan workshop taking into account its market viability plan.

CE1.1 Describe the process of drawing up the project of an artisan workshop taking into account the financing and amortization formulas of the proposed investment.

CE1.2 Develop the feasibility project of the artisan workshop taking into account the project of an artisan company.

CE1.3 Define the artisan production of the workshop in the view of the business project and the feasibility plan.

CE1.4 Define the corporate image of the workshop, taking into account the feasibility plan through descriptions, drawings, and other graphic techniques.

C2: Set up the artisan workshop space, tools, machinery and jobs, taking into account the regulations governing work activity and safety and hygiene at work.

CE2.1 Identify the areas of a craftsman workshop by using them according to productive needs and which guarantee the storage conditions of raw materials and processed products taking into account the regulations in force in safety and hygiene at work.

CE2.2 Define the relationship of jobs needed for the production process of the workshop taking into account labor regulations.

CE2.3 Select the endowment of tools and machinery to ensure the different production processes of the artisan workshop taking into account the business project of the workshop.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario: organize and distribute the machinery according to work areas from a given plane and taking into account the regulations that regulate labor activity and safety and hygiene at work.

CE2.5 In a practical scenario, check the safety conditions of the machinery taking into account the user manuals and the regulations on safety and hygiene at work.

C3: Define and develop a plan for tax and grant application obligations taking into account the current labor and tax regulations at the site of the artisan workshop.

CE3.1 Identify the necessary documentation at the local, regional and state level for the implementation of an artisan workshop, taking into account current fiscal and labor regulations to initiate economic activity.

CE3.2 Recognize grants and public subsidies at local, regional or state level to request in time and form all possible aids for the artisan workshops, taking into account the requirements and deadlines required on each request.

CE3.3 Define employment recruitment needs to cover production expectations taking into account the business plan.

CE3.4 Rate bonuses for employment regulations for hiring workers taking into account the needs raised in the business plan.

CE3.5 In a practical scenario: to carry out a schedule of obligations for the realization of all payments and labor contributions, taking into account the timetable of the taxes on the workshops and artisans Social Security contributions.

C4: Define a one-piece or series budget to be made to decide economic viability by taking into account all production costs.

CE4.1 Rate the consumption of raw materials, tools, auxiliary media, and energy for the production of the budget of the part or series to be produced.

CE4.2 In a practical scenario: calculate and incorporate in a budget the labor costs used in the elaboration of a part or series to impact them on the final price of the product.

CE4.3 In a practical scenario: identify and include in the budget the costs of presentation, packaging, and transport to be passed on to the final price of the product.

CE4.4 In a practical scenario: determine and include the proportional costs of the general maintenance and amortization costs of the workshop and the added value of the product of the part or series to be produced for impact on the final price of the product.

C5: Determine the supply of supplies to supply an expected production taking into account needs and stocks.

CE5.1 In a practical scenario: realize the supply forecast of raw materials, the auxiliary media, the tools and the tools and the fuel to supply the intended production in a workshop.

CE5.2 In a practical scenario: accounting for and inventory of raw material stocks, ancillary means, tools and tools, and fuel taking into account the need to keep the inventory up to date. Artisan workshop.

CE5.3 In a practical scenario: to record in an orderly manner in a database the suppliers of raw materials, the auxiliary means, the tools and tools and the fuel of an artisan workshop taking into account their features and other singularities that identify them.

CE5.4 In a practical scenario: placing orders for raw materials, tools and tools and fuel to ensure the production of a workshop taking into account the characteristics of the materials, the quantities and the delivery times to avoid shortages in the activity of the artisan workshop.

C6: Define a sales plan for artisan products, taking into account distribution and marketing channels.

CE6.1 Analyze and compare merchandising options taking into account product characteristics and production capacity.

CE6.2 In a practical scenario: develop a plan of presentation of artisan products for the market taking into account the marketing formula selected for sale.

CE6.3 In a practical scenario: track the business results by taking into account sales and product acceptance.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C2 with respect to CE2.4 and CE2.5; C3 with respect to CE3.5; C4 with respect to CE4.2, CE4.3 and CE4.4; C5 with respect to CE5.1, CE.5.2, CE5.3 and CE5.4; C6 with respect to CE6.2 and CE6.3.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Finish the job within the set deadlines.

Contents:

1. Regulations for artisan workshops

Labour regulations for self-employed workers as a formula for self-employment in artisan workshops.

Labor regulations for hiring employees in workshops.

Fiscal regulations for micropayments applicable to artisan workshops.

2. Administrative and commercial management of an artisan workshop

Company accounting in the management of artisan workshops.

Assessment of raw material consumption, tools, auxiliary media, energy and labor in an artisan workshop.

Artisan product inventory systems.

Security stock.

Marketing and commercial image items.

3. Safety and hygiene in the work applicable to the craft sector

Safety and hygiene regulations in the work related to craft workshops. Toxicity and dangerousness of the artisan products.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

− Multi-purpose Aula of a minimum of 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Mastery of knowledge and techniques related to the organization of the professional activity of a craft workshop, which will be accredited by one of the following forms:

-Academic training of Diplomacy, degree of equivalent degree or of other higher levels related to this professional field

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX DLXI

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: PROJECT AND CRAFT-MAKING OF OLD PULSED ROPE INSTRUMENTS

Professional Family: Arts and Crafts

Level: 3

Code: ART561_3

General Competition

Build old instruments of pulsed rope, from pre-existing models, developing and executing the project of design and artisanal construction with artistic criteria, and organizing the professional activity of its workshop, in conditions of occupational safety and environmental protection, and with guarantee of artisan and functional quality.

Competition Units

UC1853_3: Develop the design and craft construction project of string musical instruments.

UC1854_3: Select and store timbers for building artisan musical instruments.

UC1858_3: Prepare and prepare molds, soleras, and tools for building old pulsed string instruments.

UC1859_3: Develop and assemble the old pieces of vihuelas and/or guitars.

UC1860_3: Develop and assemble the pieces of old and/or tiorbs.

UC1857_3: Craft and apply handcrafted dyes and varnishes for musical instruments.

UC1861_3: Mount and finish the old pulsed string instrument.

UC1690_2: Organize the professional activity of a craft workshop.

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its own professional activity as an independent professional in a company or cooperative partnership; for others in companies and workshops of a craft and artistic nature, whether they are public and private, related to the professional field linked to the production of ancient musical instruments of pulsed rope.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the artisanal sector related to the subsector of the production repair and maintenance of musical instruments in general or of old musical instruments of pulsed rope in particular.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

Pressed string old instrument builder.

Road builder.

Old Guitar Builder.

Old lauds builder.

Tiorbas builder.

Violero.

Luthier of old string instruments.

Associated Training (840 hours)

Training Modules

MF1853_3: Design and craft construction projects for string musical instruments. (150 hours)

MF1854_3: Maderas for building artisans ' musical instruments. (60 hours)

MF1858_3: Elaboration and preparation of moulds, soleras and tools for the construction of old pulsed string instruments. (60 hours)

MF1859_3: Elaboration and assembly of old pieces of vihuelas and/or guitars. (180 hours)

MF1860_3: Elaboration and assembly of pieces of old and/or tiorbas lauds. (210 hours)

MF1857_3: Tinted and crafted handcrafted musical instruments. (90 hours)

MF1861_3: Mounting and finishing of old pulsed string instruments. (30 hours)

MF1690_2: Organization of the professional activity of a craft workshop. (60 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: DEVELOP THE DESIGN AND CRAFT CONSTRUCTION PROJECT OF STRING MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

Level: 3

Code: UC1853_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Get information on string musical instruments related to historical background, materials, techniques and processes, demands of the musician or client, for their use in the definition of the design project and craft construction.

CR 1.1 The documentation related to artistic and aesthetic trends, and to the technical and functional characteristics of the musical string instrument is identified, classified and archived considering its contribution to the definition of the project specifications to be evaluated.

CR 1.2 Information regarding pre-existing models is collected by photographs, drawings and drawings, among others, for further analysis.

the information referred to the technical, mechanical and acoustic characteristics is obtained through specialized studies and professional information, among others, for analysis and employment in the definition of project.

CR 1.4 The information referred to the client's demands is obtained by direct relation and taking into account their needs, in order to develop the project according to their requirements.

CR 1.5 The documentation relating to artistic and technical projects of its own or other professionals, where appropriate, is identified, classified and archived considering its contribution to the definition of the instrument's specifications string musical to be evaluated.

RP 2: Define the formal, aesthetic, technical, mechanical-acoustic and material specifications of string musical instruments by evaluating the collected information, to determine their design.

CR 2.1 The formal specifications of the model to be reproduced are defined from the analysis and evaluation of the information collected to obtain the maximum fidelity to the reference.

CR 2.2 The formal specifications of the personal model are defined from the analysis and evaluation of the information collected, to improve the design of the musical instrument.

CR 2.3 The aesthetic, technical, material, mechanical-acoustic and functional characteristics are defined by considering the information analyzed to conform to the client's criteria or demands.

CR 2.4 The characteristics of the materials (wood) are defined taking into account their aesthetics, quality, hardness, functionality, degree of drying, regulations on environmental management to meet the criteria of author or demands of the client.

RP 3: Determine the shape and structure of the string musical instrument by performing drawings, drawings, and templates at 1: 1 scale from the defined formal and symbolic-aesthetic specifications, employing graphic techniques and Manual and computer representation systems to be used as an element of presentation, and assessment in decision making, as well as to serve as a guide in the elaboration process.

CR 3.1 The formal and symbolic-aesthetic characteristics of the string musical instrument are represented by graphic techniques to be used as a guide in the elaboration process.

CR 3.2 The defined constructive solutions are represented by standardized, manual or computer graphic techniques to be used in the process of elaboration as a guide and as an element of verification.

CR 3.3 The shapes and dimensions of the elements that constitute the musical instrument of string are represented at scale by planes to realize the forecast and subsequent preparation of consumption, to elaborate templates and to be used as a guide in the processing process.

RP 4: Define the drawing plan of the string musical instrument from its specifications by determining the phases, times and procedures of quality control and safety to ensure the execution in the expected conditions.

CR 4.1 The elaboration phases are defined taking into account the defined specifications and the craft processes of elaboration to optimize the times and resources.

CR 4.2 The times are determined from the estimate of the operations of each phase, taking into account previous experience, to ensure compliance with the agreed deadlines with the client.

CR 4.3 Quality and safety control procedures throughout the process of development are set out in the plan defining instruments and control elements and measures of occupational and environmental safety to avoid risks and ensure the conditions of the intended musical instrument.

RP 5: Document the design and craft construction project of the musical string instrument, incorporating the decisions about its characteristics, materials, techniques, economic conditions, elaboration plan, to guarantee their execution.

CR 5.1 Prior analysis is incorporated into the project by attaching the textual and graphical information used to document this phase and serve as a reference in subsequent projects.

CR 5.2 Previous ideas are integrated into the project by incorporating drawings, schemas, or texts to document the decision-making phase.

CR 5.3 The selected materials are specified in the project specifying their raw qualities and dimensions to be taken into account when calculating the economic conditions of the project.

CR 5.4 The economic conditions are incorporated into the project through the elaboration of the budget, defining from the forecast of consumption of materials, auxiliary means and the expected labor and its cost for its presentation and in case approval by the client.

CR 5.5 The phases, deadlines and processes of quality control and safety are incorporated into the project through the elaboration plan, to serve as a guide in the elaboration and supervision of the musical instrument of rope and as a commitment of delivery at the time set.

Professional context:

Production media:

Specialized and professional information on string musical instruments. Graphic techniques. Systems of representation. Materials and useful for graphic representation. Drawing and measuring tools (king foot, rules, squads, cards, compas, among others). Hardware and software.

Products and results:

Information about string musical instruments identified, analyzed, evaluated, archived and classified. Specifications of the musical instrument defined. Sketches. Drawings. Flat. Templates at scale 1:1. Characteristics of graphically defined string musical instruments. Economic budget. Preparation plan. Design and construction project.

Information used or generated:

Project design and construction of string musical instruments. Preparation plan. Models. Templates. Technical data sheets for wood characteristics. Means of selection of woods. Regulations on occupational and environmental risks. Regulations on timber and other protected materials CITES (Convention International Trade in Endangered Species) among others.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: SELECT AND STORE TIMBERS FOR BUILDING ARTISANS ' MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

Level: 3

Code: UC1854_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Acquire the timbers for musical instruments by selecting them according to the function, dimensions, and mechanical characteristics of the pieces in which it is to be transformed, to proceed to its conditioning and storage.

CR 1.1 The wood is selected visually and to the touch and by means of tools (brushes and scrapes) the waste zones, rajas, reversed, repeat and knots, among others to value its quality.

CR 1.2 Wood is selected taking into account its age, degree of drying, quality, type of cut, physical qualities (hardness and colouring), linearity, widths and vetoes changes to assess its application to the pieces of the wood. musical instrument.

CR 1.3 The wood is acquired by selecting it based on the commercial types used in the construction of musical instruments and checking its origin to ensure compliance with the protection regulations. environmental.

CR 1.4 The timbers are selected taking into account the formal characteristics of the usual builder models and their sourcing needs, to verify their usefulness and the maintenance of the builder.

RP 2: Classify wood for musical instruments based on their commercial denomination, purpose, physical and aesthetic qualities to keep inventory up to date.

CR 2.1 The wood is identified from its visual and tactile examination, checking its commercial denomination and quality, to ensure its availability and adequacy to the needs established in the project.

CR 2.2 Wood is classified by valuing its aesthetic, mechanical and dimensional qualities to enable and facilitate its selection based on project specifications.

CR 2.3 The wood types are grouped, taking into account their use in the parts that make up the musical instruments, their commercial denomination, quality, degree of drying and stability, to facilitate the elaboration of the inventory.

RP 3: Store and inventory pieces of wood for musical instruments, applying the established procedures, to ensure their quality, availability, conditions of use and work safety and environmental.

CR 3.1 Wood is stored in the form of cross-stacking, cross-stacking, collandes, among other systems, ensuring air circulation to ensure homogeneous drying and avoid deterioration.

CR 3.2 Wood testas are sealed if applicable, waterproofing them to avoid straws.

CR 3.3 The warehouse is organized according to types, function, qualities and drying, among other considerations, to facilitate the location and availability of the woods.

CR 3.4 Occupational and environmental safety is ensured by implementing the measures laid down in the regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks related to materials, tools and storage operations woods to avoid risks.

CR 3.5 The inventory is made by quantifying the timbers, identifying the commercial designation date of acquisition and supplier, among other data, taking into account the CITES regulations (Convention International Trade in Endangered Species), to enable functional management of the warehouse and to determine stocks and shortages.

CR 3.6 The inventory is managed using manual or database computer systems to keep it up to date.

Professional context:

Production media:

Manual and digital database systems. Warehouse. Paints, tails, paraffin, among others, for the sealing of wood testas. Measurement tools and templates. Brush and scratch to assess the tonality of the woods and possible defects.

Products and results:

Timber acquired, selected, classified, prepared for drying, stored and inventoried.

Information used or generated:

CITES Regulations (Convention International Trade in Endangered Species). Commercial catalogues of wood for musical instruments. Production forecasts for musical instruments. Wood handbooks. Regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks related to timber storage.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: PREPARE AND PREPARE MOULDS, SOLERAS AND TOOLS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF OLD PULSED ROPE INSTRUMENTS

Level: 3

Code: UC1858_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Develop the moulds for the construction of old pulsed string instruments, starting from the templates and plans, applying the specific techniques and procedures, adjusting to the design and construction of the Old instrument of pulsed rope, in conditions of quality and safety, for later use in the elaboration and assembly of the pieces of the instrument.

CR 1.1 The type of mold, internal or external, is chosen according to the instrument to be constructed and the construction system, to be adapted to the project and to facilitate the assembly of the pieces.

CR 1.2 The mold, internal or external, is made with solid materials (wood, wood agglomerate, plywood, among others) to ensure stability, resistance and durability in the process of manufacturing and assembly of the old pulsed string instruments.

CR 1.3 The mold is made using techniques and procedures for drawing, trimming, profiling, brushing, sizing, among others, from templates, plans, to guarantee its function of support and conformation in the assembly of the parts of the instrument.

CR 1.4 Compliance with the specifications set out in the project is verified by means of measurement and visual control to ensure the quality of the product.

CR 1.5 The techniques and procedures for the production of moulds are carried out after selection, preparation and conditioning of work area, materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process their instructions For use, maintenance and safety conditions, to ensure the quality of the outcome and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

RP 2: Develop the soleras for the construction of old pulsed string instruments, starting from the templates and plans, applying the specific techniques and procedures, adjusting to the design and construction of the Old instrument of pulsed rope, in conditions of quality and safety, for later use in the elaboration and assembly of the pieces of the instrument.

CR 2.1 Soleras are performed according to the project specifications and the templates and drawings, faithfully reproducing the curves of the harmonic cap and the bottom of the instrument to ensure the adjustment and assembly of the the bars on those elements.

CR 2.2 Solera materials are selected taking into account their mechanical properties (solid materials such as wood, wood agglomerate, plywood, among others), to ensure stability, strength and toughness. in the process of making and assembling the old pulsed string instruments.

CR 2.3 Soleras are performed using techniques and procedures for drawing, trimming, profiling, carving, brushing, sizing, among others, from the specifications of the project, in order to guarantee its function of support and conformation in the assembly of the instrument parts.

CR 2.4 Compliance with the specifications set out in the project is verified by means of measurement and visual control to ensure the quality of the product.

CR 2.5 Solera processing techniques and procedures are performed prior to selection, preparation and conditioning of work area, materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process their instructions For use, maintenance and safety conditions, to ensure the quality of the outcome and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

RP 3: Develop the tooling for the construction of old pulsed string instruments, depending on the dimensions, characteristics and shape of the pieces of the old string used to assemble, applying the specific techniques and procedures, in line with the design and construction project, in terms of quality and safety, for further use in their preparation and assembly.

CR 3.1 The tooling for the assembly of the instrument is made according to its function with materials such as fabric, wood and rubber, among others, to facilitate the stability and solidity in the process of assembling and sizing the pieces that make up the instrument.

CR 3.2 The tooling is made with its shape, contact surfaces and pressure with the pieces to be made to avoid deterioration in them.

CR 3.3 Compliance with the specifications set out in the project is verified by means of measurement and visual control to ensure the quality of the product.

CR 3.4 The techniques and procedures for making the tools are carried out after selection, preparation and conditioning of the work area, materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process their instructions for use, maintenance and safety conditions, to ensure the quality of the result and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

Professional context:

Production media:

Solid materials (wood, wood agglomerate, plywood, wood veneers, among others). External mold templates. Internal mold templates. Soles of soleras. Bank of luthier. Drawing and cutting tools (straight and circular cutting gramiles). Measuring and drawing tools (king foot, rules, armchairs and templates, thickness). Gluing tools (cats, adhesives, fabrics, wood and gums). Cutting, cutting, profiling and brushing tools (drill, saws, sawing, knives, gubes, formons, blades, limes, scotines, lids, brushes, garlops). Queues.

Products and results:

Internal molds for the construction of old pulsed string instruments. External molds for the construction of old pulsed string instruments. Soleras for the construction of old instruments of pulsed rope. Use for the construction of old instruments of pulsed rope. Harmonic lids of ancient lauds and/or tiorbs.

Information used or generated:

Project design and construction of old pulsed string instrument. Templates. Flat. Designs. Schemes. Sketches. Photographs. Regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks. Instructions for the use and maintenance of machines, tools and tools.

COMPETITION UNIT 4: ELABORATE AND ASSEMBLE THE PIECES OF THE OLD VIHUELAS AND/OR GUITARS

Level: 3

Code: UC1859_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Develop the pieces of the body of the acoustic box of old vihuelas and/or guitars, applying the specific techniques or procedures, adjusting to the design and construction project, in conditions of quality and safety, for subsequent assembly.

CR 1.1 The hoops are performed by means of techniques and procedures of calibration, tracing, cutting, aquillating and heat dome of the wood, in order to adapt them to the requirements of the project and its subsequent assembly in the mould.

CR 1.2 The bottom bars, joints and rings reinforcements, pawns, and hors, among others are performed, taking into account the mechanical properties of the wood to ensure its structural function.

CR 1.3 The pieces of the background, be two or more, are adjusted and assembled at their contact edges to ensure the sizing of the pieces.

CR 1.4 The bottom finish is done by calibrating and flailing by checking its thicknesses and reinforcing it by means of joints and bars to ensure its durability and acoustic function.

CR 1.5 The handle, pin and acoustical box or body, in the case of monoxyl instruments, are made from a single block of wood, by means of techniques and procedures of carving and emptying to conform to the specifications of the project.

CR 1.6 Compliance with the specifications set out in the project is verified by means of measurement and visual control to ensure the quality of the product.

CR 1.7 The techniques and procedures for making the pieces of the body of the harmonic box are executed after selection, preparation and conditioning of work area, materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process its instructions for use, maintenance and safety conditions, to ensure the quality of the process and result and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

RP 2: Get the pieces of the mast (handle, pin and whisk or diapason) of old vihuelas and/or guitars, applying the specific techniques and procedures, adjusting to the design and construction project, in conditions of quality and safety, for subsequent assembly to the acoustic box.

CR 2.1 The handle, heel and zoque assembly, with or without a pin, is made of a single piece of wood or of several by means of sizing, applying cutting and cutting techniques and procedures, to obtain the mast of the instrument.

CR 2.2 The coupling area of the mast to the body of the instrument or casing is drawn, cut and cut according to the technique (encastre or "to the Spanish"), taking into account the angle with respect to the plane and the axis of the cap, to guarantee the string height determined in the project.

CR 2.3 The pin is crafted in a block or several pieces, flat or concave, according to the project specifications to fit it.

CR 2.4 The pegs are fitted to the pin using the reamer and the pin-pin, among other tools, verifying their alignment and sliding to ensure an effective tightening and functionality as an element of tuning of the strings.

CR 2.5 The diapason is made by cutting and calibrating techniques and procedures, taking into account the specific physical qualities of the wood (hardness and color, among others), following the specifications of the project for ensure their stability and tenacity in their use.

CR 2.6 Compliance with the specifications set out in the project is verified by means of measurement and visual control to ensure the quality of the product.

CR 2.7 The techniques and procedures for making the pieces of the mast are executed after selection, preparation and conditioning of work area, materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process their instructions for use, maintenance and safety conditions, to ensure the quality of the result and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

RP 3: Develop the harmonic lid of old vihuelas and/or guitars, applying the specific techniques and procedures, adjusting to the design and construction project, in conditions of quality and safety to guarantee the expected functional and acoustic response.

CR 3.1 The contour of the lid is drawn and trimmed by means of templates, from two symmetrical pieces adjusted to the edge with garlope and glued together, verifying the alignment of its axis with respect to the joint of the two pieces. to ensure the stability and structural strength of the part and its aesthetic effect.

CR 3.2 The cap is calibrated by pulling it out thick to ensure the specified thicknesses and endow it with sound qualities.

CR 3.3 The roses or rosettes, are made, in the cover itself or after hard wood or parchment, from templates and models, applying techniques and procedures of draught and carving according to project, to guarantee the compliance with its aesthetic and acoustic function.

CR 3.4 The nozzles are made with wood, bone, ivory, mother-of-pearl or others, applying the techniques and procedures of mosaic, marquetry, and inlay, among others, for their encastre around the mouth of the lid.

CR 3.5 Harmonic bars are made with wood, taking into account their quality and physical qualities, carving their curvatures, to be glued to the lid and ensure the performance of their mechanical and acoustic function.

CR 3.6 The bridge is made with wood taking into account its quality and physical qualities, to ensure its stability, adherence and functionality as a support element of the ropes.

CR 3.7 Compliance with the specifications set out in the project is verified by means of measurement and visual control to ensure the quality of the product.

CR 3.8 The techniques and procedures for the production of the harmonic cap are carried out after selection, preparation and conditioning of the work area, materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process their instructions for use, maintenance and safety conditions, to ensure the quality of the result and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

RP 4: Assemble the pieces of the acoustic box of the old vihuela and/or guitar, applying the specific techniques and procedures, adjusting to the design and construction project, in conditions of quality and safety to obtain the acoustic box and the handle.

CR 4.1 The rings are assembled with the cap and the bottom verifying their calibration and waterling and making use of moulds, soleras and tools to ensure their optimal sizing.

CR 4.2 The rings are adjusted and assembled on the mold, casting them to the zoo and the butt taco to obtain the sides of the acoustic box.

CR 4.3 The pawns or in their case the counter-rings are adjusted and wrap on the hoops, verifying their placement to obtain the surface of the hoops with cover and bottom.

CR 4.4 The handle is encased and queued, in the zoque, verifying its solidity and tenacity, to obtain the body of the instrument and to guarantee its functionality and stability.

CR 4.5 The background is assembled, previously performing the bars, profiling and flattening the collared zone to close the acoustical box.

CR 4.6 Compliance with the specifications set out in the project is verified by means of measurement and visual control to ensure the quality of the product.

CR 4.7 The techniques and procedures for assembly of the pieces of the acoustic box are executed after selection, preparation and conditioning of work area, materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process its instructions for use, maintenance and safety conditions, to ensure the quality of the result and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

RP 5: Assemble the harmonic cap to the acoustic box of old vihuelas and/or guitars, applying the specific techniques and procedures, adjusting to the design and construction project, in conditions of quality and safety, for achieve the height of the established strings.

CR 5.1 The surface of the acoustical box and the handle with the lid, is adjusted with brush to obtain the height of strings defined in the project.

CR 5.2 Morts, in case of counter-hoops instruments on the side of the lid, are performed with the measures set out in the project to accommodate the ends of the lids.

CR 5.3 The cap is assembled on the acoustical box, using fixing tools and by means of a uniform sizing to ensure the stability of the assembly.

CR 5.4 The profile of the harmonic cap is obtained by trimming and sanding the excess material to get its scraped with the rings or duels.

CR 5.5 The bridge is positioned according to the specifications of the project and is queued on the cover using tools and measuring and fixing tools, by means of a uniform sizing, to guarantee its functionality and stability.

CR 5.6 Bridge whiskers are performed using techniques and procedures for drawing, trimming, carving, and sizing the cap to decorate it.

CR 5.7 Compliance with the specifications set out in the project is verified by means of measurement and visual control to ensure the quality of the product.

CR 5.8 The techniques and procedures for the assembly of a sound box are executed after selection, preparation and conditioning of work area, materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process its instructions for use, maintenance and safety conditions, to ensure the quality of the result and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

RP 6: Assemble and finish the day of the day of the old vihuelas and/or guitars, applying the specific techniques and procedures, adjusting to the design and construction project, and in conditions of quality and safety to obtain the Input area of the instrument.

CR 6.1 The lid is drawn and cut into its junction zone with the diapason, verifying the alignment of its axes, to delimit the location of its axis.

CR 6.2 The diapason peaks are cut and wrapped, adjusting them, to insert them into the cap.

CR 6.3 The diapason is reduced to a thickness identical to that of the lid if the project demands it, repelling it with blade and sandbox, to ensure the scraping of both elements and to obtain a smooth and uniform surface.

CR 6.4 The lower end of the diapason fits the lid according to the project to ensure the complete attachment to it.

CR 6.5 The diapason is cut off by its top end, sawing and repassing it with brush, lime or lijas, among other useful ones, to obtain the length of the strings set in the project and to delimit the entrastate surface.

CR 6.6 The diapason is queued on the handle using the specific tools and techniques, to ensure a uniform surface and ensure alignment with the harmonic box.

CR 6.7 The lid is plotted by measuring the position of the cap by means of measuring points in the diapason, according to the project, to ensure the finalization of the instrument.

CR 6.8 The techniques and procedures for the assembly and termination of diacason are carried out after selection, preparation and conditioning of work area, materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process their instructions for use, maintenance and safety conditions, to ensure the quality of the result and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

RP 7: Assemble the plug-in of vihuelas and/or old guitars to the handle, applying the specific techniques and procedures, adjusting to the design and construction project, in conditions of safety and quality, to complete the mast.

CR 7.1 The pin-handle assembly, if not one-piece, is encased in arrowhead, bezel, or other, tracing and adjusting both elements, taking into account the alignment and angle to ensure that their assembly is adjustment to the project.

CR 7.2 The plug-in-handle is performed by applying cutting, carving, and repassing techniques, by means of serrucho, formon, and lime, among others, to ensure the adjustment and stability of the assembly.

CR 7.3 The pin is attached to the handle using the specific tool (handle, elastics, turnstiles, and strings, among others) to conform to the project specifications.

CR 7.4 Compliance with the specifications set out in the project is verified by means of measurement and visual control to ensure the quality of the product.

CR 7.5 The techniques and procedures of assembly of pins are executed after selection, preparation and conditioning of work area, materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process their instructions for use, maintenance and safety conditions, to ensure the quality of the result and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

RP 8: Elaborate and insert the decorative elements (taraceas, incrustations, marquetteries, filepteries, carvings, mosaics, among others) of old vihuelas and/or guitars, applying the specific techniques and procedures, adjusting the design and construction project, under conditions of safety and quality for ornamentation.

CR 8.1 Decorative motifs are prepared from the graphic material of concrete historical models or the project, where appropriate, by making templates, to develop them in the instrument through techniques and procedures. specific.

CR 8.2 Decorative elements are prepared in blocks or as unique pieces, from wood, bone, mother-of-pearl and others, to fit the project.

CR 8.3 Ornaments, taraceas, marquetteries, mosaics, and others, are embedded and are passed with a rigid blade, lija, and taco, to fulfill their decorative function.

CR 8.4 The censas and the filepteries are inserted at the edges of the harmonic box and in the mouth of the instrument, according to the project, to ornament and reinforce the instrument.

CR 8.5 The instrument is lija using progressively lijas from different coarse to fine grains, alternating with its wetting to obtain a smooth and smooth surface.

CR 8.6 The techniques and procedures for the elaboration and insertion of decorative elements are executed after selection, preparation and conditioning of work area, materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process its instructions for use, maintenance and safety conditions, to ensure the quality of the result and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

Professional context:

Production media:

Drawing, measuring and drawing tools (king foot, armchairs and templates, thickness). Bank of luthier. Spindle press. Turnstiles. Tweezers for gluing. Adhesive tapes. Cutting and lace tools (serruchos, saws, knives among others). Profiling tools (scotines, limes, scrape blades, curved brushes, cork supports, medium-grain and fine-grained lids among others). Tools for carving, fitting, adjusting and modeling (formons, picks, gubes among others). Tools for brushing and making joints (garlopa, brushes, among others). Machinery and useful for sharpening and roasting the edge (motor with stone, polishing, stones to oil or water, among others). Around with universal dish. Electric plates for bending wood. Milling machine. Woods (ebony, boj, willow, fir, among others). Moulds. Soleras. Tools.

Products and results:

hoops. Counter-hoops. Background. Bottom bars. Joints and hoops reinforcements. Mango. Zoque. Taco de culata. Pin. Diapason or Batidor. Harmonic cap. Assembly of acoustic box body parts. Diapason or whisk assembly. Pin assembly. Decorative elements (fillets, mosaics, taraceas, marquetteries and others).

Information used or generated:

Vihuela design and construction project and/or old guitar. Designs. Schemes. Sketches. Photographs. Table of measures. Regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks. Technical instructions for machines, tools and tools. Supplier tabs.

COMPETITION UNIT 5: MAKING AND ASSEMBLING THE PIECES OF OLD AND/OR TIORBAS

Level: 3

Code: UC1860_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Develop the pieces that make up the acoustic box of ancient lauds and/or tiorbas by applying the specific techniques and procedures, adjusting to the design and construction project, in conditions of quality and safety for their rear assembly.

CR 1.1 The wood block for the zoque is drawn and cut to the measures specified in the project to fix it and profile it in the mold.

CR 1.2 The duels are made by means of techniques and procedures of calibration, tracing, cutting, aquillating and heat dome of the wood, taking into account their mechanical properties in order to adapt them to the requirements of the project and their subsequent assembly into the mold.

CR 1.3 The counter-duela is performed by means of techniques and procedures of calibrating, tracing, cutting, stabbing and domating with wood heat taking into account its mechanical properties, to guarantee its structural function and its rear assembly in the cylinder head of the acoustic box.

CR 1.4 The braguer is done by means of techniques and procedures of calibrating, tracing, cutting, stabbing and domating with heat of the wood to guarantee its structural function and its subsequent assembly in the cylinder head of the box acoustics.

CR 1.5 Compliance with the specifications set out in the project is verified by means of measurement and visual control to ensure the quality of the product.

CR 1.6 The techniques and procedures for making pieces of the acoustic box of old and/or tiorbas are executed after selection, preparation and conditioning of work area, materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process its instructions for use, maintenance and safety conditions, to ensure the quality of the result and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

RP 2: Get the pieces that make up the mast of old lauds and/or tiorbas applying the specific techniques and procedures, adjusting to the design and construction project, in conditions of quality and safety, for their rear assembly.

CR 2.1 The handle is performed and coupled to the body of the instrument to the bezel, taking into account the angle to the plane and the axis of the lid, to ensure the height of the strings determined in the project.

CR 2.2 The pin is crafted in a block or several pieces, following the project specifications for completion.

CR 2.3 The pegs are fitted to the pin using the reamer and pin-pin, among other tools, verifying their alignment and sliding to ensure an effective tightening and functionality as an element of tuning of the strings.

CR 2.4 The whisk or diapason is made by its cut and calibrated, taking into account the specific physical qualities of the wood (hardness, and color, among others) following the specifications of the project to guarantee its stability and tenacity in their use.

CR 2.5 Compliance with the specifications set out in the project is verified by means of measurement and visual control to ensure the quality of the product.

CR 2.6 The techniques and procedures for making parts of the mast are executed after selection, preparation and conditioning of work area, materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process their instructions for use, maintenance and safety conditions, to ensure the quality of the process and outcome, and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

RP 3: Make the harmonic lid of ancient lauds and/or tiorbas by applying the specific techniques and procedures, adjusting to the design and construction project and in quality and safety conditions to ensure the response Intended acoustics and functional.

CR 3.1 The contour of the lid is drawn and trimmed by means of templates, from two symmetrical pieces adjusted to the edge with garlope and glued together, verifying the alignment of its axis with respect to the joint of the two pieces. to ensure the stability and structural strength of the part and its aesthetic effect.

CR 3.2 The cap is calibrated by pulling it out thick to ensure the specified thicknesses and endow it with sound qualities.

CR 3.3 The roses or rosettes, are made, in the very lid or after hard wood or parchment, from templates and models, using techniques and procedures of draught and carving, to ensure the fulfillment of their aesthetic and acoustic function.

CR 3.4 The transverse harmonic bars, the "J"-shaped vareta and the acute strutches are made with wood, taking into account their quality and physical qualities, carving their curves to be attached to the lid and guaranteeing the compliance with its mechanical and acoustic function.

CR 3.5 The bridge is made with wood taking into account its quality and physical qualities, following the specifications of the project to ensure its stability, adherence and functionality as a support element of the strings.

CR 3.6 Compliance with the specifications set out in the project is verified by means of measurement and visual control to ensure the quality of the product.

CR 3.7 The techniques and procedures for the preparation of the harmonic cap of old and/or tiorbas are executed after selection, preparation and conditioning of work area, materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process its instructions for use, maintenance and safety conditions, to ensure the quality of the process and result and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

RP 4: Assemble the pieces of the acoustic box of old and/or tiorbas by applying the specific techniques and procedures according to the design and construction project, and in conditions of quality and safety to join the project. harmonica cap.

CR 4.1 The zoque is fixed to the mold, adjusting it and shaping it to accommodate the top end of the duels.

CR 4.2 The central duela is fixed to the end of the cylinder head, which is connected to the zoo and profiled in its two edges, following the specifications of the project and verifying its placement to facilitate the adjustment of the following duels.

CR 4.3 The rest of the duels are placed one in one, adjusting the two edges taking into account their coupling with the previous one and leaving it ready to fit with the next one, to complete the acoustic box.

CR 4.4 The counter-duel is queued in the butt, shaping it and adjusting it to ensure its reinforcement function.

CR 4.5 The handle is fitted to the bezel, in the case of the instruments of the family of the laud, assembling to the acoustic box, taking into account the direction, the angle and the position, in order to guarantee the attainment of the height and alignment of the strings established in the instrument.

CR 4.6 The acoustical box is removed from the mould, verifying the absence of deterioration in them after the process, for the interior cleaning, the lighting of the duels joints and the braguer.

CR 4.7 Compliance with the specifications set out in the project is verified by means of measurement and visual control to ensure the quality of the product.

CR 4.8 The techniques and procedures for assembling acoustic box parts of old and/or tiorbas are executed after selection, preparation and conditioning of work area, materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process its instructions for use, maintenance and safety conditions, to ensure the quality of the process and result and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

RP 5: Assemble the harmonic lid of old and/or tiorbas to the acoustic box, applying the specific techniques and procedures, adjusting to the design and construction project and in conditions of quality and safety, for achieve the height of the established strings.

CR 5.1 The bars of the harmonic cap are plotted and cut longitudinally taking into account the angle of the profile of the acoustic box to fit and shape the profile of the harmonic cap.

CR 5.2 The surface of the acoustical box and the handle with the lid, is adjusted with brush to obtain the height of strings defined in the project.

CR 5.3 The cap is assembled on the acoustical box using fixing tools and by a uniform sizing to ensure the stability of the assembly.

CR 5.4 The profile of the harmonic cap is obtained by trimming and sanding the excess material to get its crib with the contour of the acoustic box.

CR 5.5 The bridge is positioned according to the specifications of the project and is queued on the cover using tools and measuring and fixing tools, by means of a uniform sizing, to guarantee its functionality and stability.

CR 5.6 The bridge whiskers are performed using techniques and procedures for drawing, trimming, carving, and sizing to the lid by following the project specifications to ornament it.

CR 5.7 Compliance with the specifications set out in the project is verified by means of measurement and visual control to ensure the quality of the product.

CR 5.8 The techniques and procedures for assembling the harmonic cap to the acoustic box are executed after selection, preparation and conditioning of the work area, materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process their instructions for use, maintenance and safety conditions, to ensure the quality of the process and result and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

RP 6: Assemble and finish the day of old lauds and/or tiorbas, applying the specific techniques and procedures, adjusting to the design and construction project, in conditions of quality and safety, to obtain the area of The instrument's input.

CR 6.1 The diapason is reduced to a thickness identical to that of the harmonic cap if the project demands it, repelling it with blade and sandbox, to ensure the scraping of both elements and to obtain a smooth and uniform surface.

CR 6.2 The lower end of the diapason fits the lid according to the project to ensure the complete attachment to it.

CR 6.3 The diapason is cut by the top end, sawing and repassing it with brush, lime or lijas, among other useful ones, to obtain the length of the strings set in the project and to delimit the entrastate surface.

CR 6.4 The diapason is queued over the handle and the lid securing a uniform grip to secure a uniform surface and ensure its alignment with the harmonic box.

CR 6.5 The diapason peaks are inserted between this and the harmonic cap by drawing with the knife, carrying out the shroud and framing them, to ornament and reinforce the area of the handle between the whisk and the lid.

CR 6.6 The lid is plotted and wrapped, by means of measuring instruments by means of the position marked by points in the diapason, according to the project, in order to guarantee the finalization of the instrument.

CR 6.7 Compliance with the specifications set out in the project is verified by means of measurement and visual control to ensure the quality of the product.

CR 6.8 The techniques and procedures for assembling and terminating the day of old lauds and/or tiorbas are executed after selection, preparation and conditioning of work area, materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process its instructions for use, maintenance and safety conditions, to ensure the quality of the process and result and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

RP 7: Assemble the pin of old lauds and/or tiorbas to the handle by applying the specific techniques and procedures according to the design and construction project, under conditions of safety and quality, to complete the mast.

CR 7.1 The handle pin is plotted on both elements taking into account the alignment and the angle to ensure that your assembly fits the project.

CR 7.2 The pin-handle is performed with serrucho, formon, lime and others to ensure the adjustment and stability of the assembly.

CR 7.3 The pin is attached to the handle using the specific tool (handle, elastics, turnstiles, and strings, among others) to conform to the project specifications.

CR 7.4 The instrument is sanded using progressively abrasive from different coarse to fine grains, alternating with its wetting to obtain a smooth and flawless surface.

CR 7.5 Compliance with the specifications set out in the project is verified by means of measurement and visual control to ensure the quality of the product.

CR 7.6 The techniques and procedures for assembly of the pin-handle of old lauds and/or tiorbas are executed after selection, preparation and conditioning of work area, materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process its instructions for use, maintenance and safety conditions, to ensure the quality of the process and result and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

Professional context:

Production media:

Drawing, measuring and drawing tools (king foot, armchairs and templates, thickness). Bank of luthier. Spindle press. Turnstiles. Tweezers for gluing. Adhesive tapes. Cutting and lace tools (serruchos, saws, knives among others). Profiling tools (scotines, limes, scrape blades, curved brushes, cork supports, medium-grain and fine-grained lids among others). Tools for carving, fitting, adjusting and modeling (formons, picks, gubes among others). Tools for brushing and making joints (garlopa, brushes, among others). Machinery and useful for sharpening and roasting the edge (motor with stone, polishing, stones to oil or water, among others). Around with universal dish. Electric plates for bending wood. Milling machine. Woods (ebony, boj, willow, fir, among others). Moulds. Soleras. Tools. Queues

Products and results:

Zoque of old lauds and/or tiorbas. Duels of old lauds and/or tiorbas. Counter-duals of old lauds and/or tiorbas. Braguero de laudes ancients y/o tiorbas. Mango of ancient lauds and/or tiorbas. Pin of ancient lauds and/or tiorbas. Beater or diapason of old lauds and/or tiorbas. Harmonic lids of ancient lauds and/or tiorbs.

Information used or generated:

Ancient laud design and construction project and/or tiorba. Templates. Designs. Drawings. Photographs. Table of measures. Regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks. Technical instructions for machines, tools and tools. Supplier tabs.

COMPETITION UNIT 6: CRAFT AND HAND-CRAFTED DYES AND VARNISHES FOR MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

Level: 3

Code: UC1857_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Get the base varnish, from the preparation of the resins, following the traditional procedures to ensure a quality artisan product.

CR 1.1 The resins are selected according to their purity, transparency and coloration, among other characteristics, to achieve a final quality result.

CR 1.2 The selected resins (lacquer, dammar and copal gum, among others) are reduced to dust or fragmented into small pieces to facilitate their dissolution.

CR 1.3 The mixture of the powdered or fragmented resins is added to the solvents (alcohol, essences and oils, among others), together or separately, stirring the same to proceed with dissolution.

CR 1.4 The dissolution of resin and solvent is cooked at medium temperature, if any, by observing the safety and hygiene measures, to obtain the varnish.

CR 1.5 The quality of the varnish is ensured by letting it decant and proceeding to its filtering to obtain a product free of elements in suspension, translucent and homogeneous.

CR 1.6 Working tools and tools are used in compliance with the instructions for use, cleaning and maintenance to ensure their conservation and to ensure regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

CR 1.7 The work area is kept clean and tidy, to allow for the quick localization and inventory of materials, auxiliary media, tools and tools.

CR 1.8 The procedures for obtaining varnish are executed after selection, preparation and conditioning of the tools and tools and cutting equipment to guarantee the artisanal quality of the product and to prevent risks labor and environmental.

RP 2: Tenure the pieces of the musical instrument using the technique and procedure laid down in the project, under conditions of occupational safety and environmental protection, to obtain a uniform color of quality.

CR 2.1 Base dyes are prepared on the basis of different artisanal extraction procedures to obtain light and transparent colorations.

CR 2.2 The base coloring of the pieces is done using the technique established in the project, depending on the nature and extent of the wood absorption, to ensure a homogeneous result.

CR 2.3 The application of dyes composed of natural or artificial dyes, if any, dissolved in water, are carried out according to the traditional method by wetting the wood to open the pore and to facilitate a colouring. homogeneous, especially on flat surfaces.

CR 2.4 The oxidation base coloration is performed by direct application of its components or by exposure in transformed gaseous atmospheres, to facilitate the homogeneity of the color.

CR 2.5 The quality of the coloring is verified by visual control and comparison with samples to ensure the color characteristics established in the project.

CR 2.6 Occupational and environmental safety is ensured by implementing the measures laid down in the regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks related to the materials, tools and operations used and carried out in the tinting process to avoid risks.

RP 3: Sellar the pores of the wood of the musical instrument according to the procedure established in the project, under conditions of occupational safety and environmental protection, in order to obtain a homogeneous primer of quality.

CR 3.1 The tapapores is manufactured by diluting the base varnish on its own solvent to obtain a liquefied and light product that penetrates the pores of the wood more easily.

CR 3.2 The seal of the wood pore is performed by applying tapapores, according to the method established in the project, with criteria of quality and occupational safety and environmental, to ensure a homogeneous primer.

CR 3.3 The treated timbers are gently polished, once the priming is dry, using abrasive to obtain a smooth surface before proceeding to the varnish.

CR 3.4 The quality of the sealing and polishing is verified by visual and tactile control to ensure the homogeneity of the required priming and texture.

CR 3.5 Occupational and environmental safety is guaranteed by applying the measures laid down in the regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks related to the materials, tools and operations used and carried out in the sealing process to avoid risks.

RP 4: Barnize and polish musical instruments through craft techniques and procedures, in terms of occupational safety and environmental protection, to protect and beautify the surface with quality assurance.

CR 4.1 The base varnish is applied on the pieces using brushes, brushes or munches in a succession of layers, allowing the former to dry before applying the succession, to avoid cracking and other effects not desired in the varnish.

CR 4.2 The varnish film obtained by various layers is polished with abrasive, once dried, to proceed to the smoothing of the surfaces.

CR 4.3 The base varnish is colored by adding natural or artificial colorants, if any, to obtain the color tonality that fits the project.

CR 4.4 The base varnish had, applied in successive layers, using the techniques and the craft procedures, to obtain the final tonality of the musical instrument reflected in the project.

CR 4.5 The dyed varnish layer is protected with several layers of base varnish to prevent it from being damaged in the polishing processes and to protect it from premature wear.

CR 4.6 The polishing process is done once the varnish is dry, with abrasive or munching in order to obtain a quality artisan result and adjusted to the initial project.

CR 4.7 Occupational and environmental safety is guaranteed by applying the measures laid down in the regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks related to the materials, tools and operations used and carried out to avoid risks.

Professional context:

Production media:

Heaters. Mortars. Grinders. Flasks. Test tubes. Distillers. Filters. Thermometers. Measuring tools. Resins. Gums. Natural dyes. Synthetic dyes. Alcohol. Oils. Essences. Face masks. Gloves. Air filtering systems. Brushes. Brushes. Pigments. Land. Pumice stone. Tripoli. Lijas.

Products and results:

Base varnish. Tapapores. Tinted varnishes. Craft varnishes. Dyed pieces. Sealed musical instruments. Varnished and polished musical instruments.

Information used or generated:

Design and construction project of the musical instrument. Regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks. Instructions for use and maintenance of tools, tools and equipment. Catalogues of resins, gums, dyes and varnishes. Material sheets of materials.

COMPETITION UNIT 7: MOUNT AND FINISH THE OLD PULSED STRING INSTRUMENT

Level: 3

Code: UC1861_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Adjust the conicity of the pegs and the pin to each other from old pulsed string instruments, adjusting to the design and construction project specifications, in quality and safety conditions, for secure their coupling.

CR 1.1 The pins of the pegs are fitted with the pin-pin according to the project, thus leading to the base of the head, achieving a constant and uniform slope to guarantee the tightening and the stability in the tension of the pins. strings.

CR 1.2 The pins of the pin are fitted with the reamer taking into account the depth of enclosure of the pegs in them by cutting the leftovers to match their slope with that of the pegs.

CR 1.3 The pins of the pegs are polished with sheets of different grain to obtain a smooth surface.

CR 1.4 The pegs are drilled according to project to hold the strings.

CR 1.5 The pegs are lubricated in the friction zone with the pin hole to favor the rotation of the pins.

RP 2: Elaborate and slotted eyebrows of old pulsed string instruments, applying the specific techniques and procedures, adjusting to the design and construction project, in conditions of quality and safety, for assembly and finish.

CR 2.1 The eyebrows are made with bone, wood or pole, among other materials, taking into account their quality, hardness and durability, according to the project to be housed in the recess or box.

CR 2.2 The eyebrow fits in height considering the shaving to ensure the specified string height in the project.

CR 2.3 The eyebrow is projected according to the alignment, depth, separation, and caliber of the strings to easily slide and support on its entire surface.

RP 3: Discourse the old pulsed string instrument, applying the specific techniques and procedures, adjusting to the design and construction project, in conditions of quality and safety, for assembly and finishing.

CR 3.1 The position of the storerooms is calculated by geometry, pending and mathematical calculation, among others, by marking its location on the beater with a punch for the instrument to fine.

CR 3.2 The location of the storerooms is positioned on the beater by marking with the tip of the plot to establish the location of the same.

CR 3.3 The tratters are made with tripa by calculating their thickness depending on the height of the strings and the project specifications to avoid "waxing, ceceos and storage", among others.

CR 3.4 Tracks are placed by tying the tummy around the handle, squeezing the knot with the slightly shifted upside down, cutting and burning the tips and taking them to their position to be adjusted to the handle. handle.

RP 4: Encording and performing the acoustic test of the old pulsed string instrument, adjusting to the design and construction project specifications, in quality and safety conditions, to ensure the result Defined acoustic.

CR 4.1 The thickness of the strings is calculated according to the material, according to the specifications of the project, using the tables of the manufacturers of specific ropes and software, to guarantee the performance acoustic of the instrument.

CR 4.2 The ropes are mounted by attaching them to the bridge, fixing them to the pegs and sandwaves to fit the musical notes corresponding to the specified instrument's tuning.

CR 4.3 The acoustic test of the instrument is performed by checking the sound of the strings and their tuning along the entire diapason, verifying the absence of cerdeans, ceceos and storage in all the storage, making corrections where appropriate, to ensure the musical quality of the instrument.

Professional context:

Production media:

Drawing, measuring, and drawing tools. Bank of work. Scarier. Pin adjuster. Pin-pin. Profiling tools (scotines, limes, scrape blades, curved brushes, cork supports, medium-grain and fine-grained lids among others). Tools for carving, fitting, adjusting and modeling (formons, picks, gubes among others). Tools for brushing and making joints (garlopa, brushes, among others). Lubricants. Material for eyebrows (bone, wood, pole). Tripa. Strings of old pulsed string instruments.

Products and results:

Adjustment of pins and pins of the old pulsed string instrument. Eyebrows of the old pulsed string instrument. Eyebrow slotted from the old pulsed string instrument. Entrastado of the old instrument of pulsed rope. Cordage of the old pulsed rope instrument. Acoustic test of the old pulsed string instrument.

Information used or generated:

Project design and construction of old pulsed string instrument. Schemes. Sketches. Photographs. Measurement tables. Technical instructions for tools, tools and machinery. Supplier tabs. Regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks. Instructions for the use and maintenance of machines, tools and tools.

COMPETITION UNIT 8: ORGANIZE THE PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITY OF A CRAFT WORKSHOP

Level: 2

Code: UC1690_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Define the objectives of the craftsman workshop when carrying out the feasibility plan, taking into account the reality of the market in order to achieve maximum profitability of the resources and investments.

CR 1.1 Investments for the creation of an artisan workshop are valued on the basis of their depreciation to ensure the profitability of the artisan workshop.

CR 1.2 The possibilities of making parts of the artisan workshop are analyzed taking into account the investment in machinery and tools to achieve the maximum profitability of the resources.

CR 1.3 Production is estimated taking into account the market situation to make the investment made in the craft workshop profitable.

CR 1.4 The corporate image of the artisan workshop provided for in the feasibility plan is decided on the basis of proposed drawings and logos to provide the workshop with a graphic identity for the market.

RP 2: Structure the workshop taking into account human and material resources, adjusting to standards on quality, job security and environmental management to ensure optimal storage and production.

CR 2.1 The spaces are defined and identified taking into account the regulations on occupational risks to adapt it to the production needs and the storage conditions of raw materials and processed products.

CR 2.2 The jobs are identified taking into account the functions and processes to be carried out in the workshop for further integration into the production process, taking into account what is established in the labor regulations.

CR 2.3 The allocation of tools and machinery is defined taking into account the production needs to ensure the productive processes of the artisan workshop and the established forecasts.

CR 2.4 The distribution of the machinery in the workshop is done taking into account the regulations on occupational hazards to ensure at all times the safety of the workers.

CR 2.5 The safety conditions of the machinery are verified taking into account the regulations on occupational hazards and environmental management and user manuals to ensure the safety of the operators.

RP 3: Carry out the work and tax obligations plan and possible grants, identifying tax and labour regulations and procedures, and the calls for grants to craft workshops to organise the Workshop effectively.

CR 3.1 The documentation is identified taking into account the tax and labor regulations to initiate economic activity.

CR 3.2 Existing grants and other public subsidies at local, regional or state level are identified taking into account the calls in order to request in time and form aid for the workshops. artisans.

CR 3.3 The options for the hiring of workers are considered taking into account labour regulations to cover the needs of production.

CR 3.4 The timing of taxes and social security contributions is periodically reviewed for the purpose of making payments that would allow the current of tax obligations to be linked to the workshop. artesan.

RP 4: Develop a quote for the part or series to be performed by calculating the costs to decide their profitability.

CR 4.1 The consumption of raw materials, tools, auxiliary media and energy is valued taking into account its cost for the production of the budget.

CR 4.2 Labor costs are incorporated into the budgets to be passed on to the final price of the piece.

CR 4.3 Presentation, packaging, transport costs are incorporated into the budgets to be passed on to the final price of the part.

CR 4.4 The costs of general maintenance and amortization expenses of the workshop and the value added value of the product are incorporated into the budgets to be passed on to the final price of the piece.

RP 5: Ensure supply of supplies, combining needs with stocks to ensure the development of planned production.

CR 5.1 The provisioning forecast is made taking into account the needs of raw materials, the auxiliary means, the tools and the tools and the fuel to ensure the development of the workshop activity.

CR 5.2 Supplies stocks are counted faithfully to keep inventory up to date.

CR 5.3 Providers are related by a database by collecting their features and other singularities that identify them in order to perform the required order orders.

CR 5.4 Supply orders are prepared by pointing out the characteristics of the materials, the quantities and the delivery times to avoid shortages in the activity of the artisan workshop.

RP 6: Define the production marketing strategy of the workshop based on the distribution channels of the artisan product to ensure its sale.

CR 6.1 The marketing formulas for artisan products are selected based on the characteristics of the market to select the most advantageous.

CR 6.2 The product presentation plan is proposed taking into account the marketing formula of products from the artisan workshop to be introduced into the selected market.

CR 6.3 The system of valuation and control of the sale of products is made by monitoring the marketing results to introduce corrective measures if the findings are not in line with the project company.

Professional context:

Production media:

Means for budgeting and cost assessment. Labour and tax regulations in force for micro-enterprises. Costs of materials, fuels and electricity. Drawings of the workshop and facilities.

Products and results:

Viability plan. Application for grants. Labour budgets. Tax plan. Payments of tax obligations. Product presentation plan proposals. Manufacturing and sales control system. Marketing plan. Budget for craft products. Inventory of supplies. Supply needs for supplies. Orders for supplies.

Information used or generated:

Tax and labor regulations in force. Grants from local, regional and state administration. Marketing formulas. Technical sheets of materials. Designs of craft pieces. Technical sheets of craft products. Supplier relationship. Inventory of materials. Supply needs for raw materials, auxiliary media, tools and tools.

TRAINING MODULE 1: DESIGN AND CRAFT CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS FOR STRING MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

Level: 3

Code: MF1853_3

Associate with UC: Develop the design and craft construction project of string musical instruments

Duration: 150 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Identify and analyze information about string musical instruments related to historical background, materials, techniques, and construction processes.

CE1.1 Describe systems of collection, selection and archiving of information related to artistic and technical projects of construction of musical instruments of string.

CE1.2 Citar the constructive modalities of schools and traditions in the area of Lutheran describing the characteristics, constructive techniques, materials and tools.

CE1.3 In a practical case of identifying styles of musical instruments from photographs of various musical instruments given, identifying the style to which each model belongs, describing its characteristics artistic, aesthetic, technical, mechanical-acoustic and material.

CE1.4 In a practical scenario of collecting and selecting information for the development of a construction project referred to a pre-existing model, from all types of documents on trends, styles, journals, studies, plans, drawings or photographs, among others proposed, analyze, identify and classify information related to the model to be developed.

CE1.5 In a practical information collection scenario for the development of a construction project, based on the client's demands collected through interviews and questionnaires, among others, to recognize the needs specific to a customer based on their explanations and requirements, and to develop a model proposal to build.

C2: Determine formal, aesthetic, technical, mechanical-acoustic specifications of a string musical instrument in different assumptions or situations from collected and evaluated information.

CE2.1 Describe and identify methods of analysis of sources of information on string musical instruments.

CE2.2 Describe formal-formal, functional, structural, material and technical conditions, relating to their influence on the determination of specifications of string musical instruments.

CE2.3 In a scenario of determining the specification of string musical instruments, from a list of conditions:

-Sketch the dimensions and shapes of the string musical instrument.

-Determine the qualities of the materials by relating them to their function.

-Develop structural specifications using schemas and drawings.

-Elaborate formal and decorative proposals through drawings.

CE2.4 In a practical case of material recognition (timbers) of a project in compliance with the environmental management criteria and the needs of the recipient:

-Identify timbers according to degree of drying, hardness and aesthetic properties.

-Select the materials according to their functionality.

-Apply environmental requirements in the resolution of orders.

CE2.5 Relate the acoustics of the string musical instruments with the perceptive qualities of the materials by setting the specifications according to their design.

C3: Apply manual and computer graphical representation techniques for string musical instruments from their formal and symbolic-aesthetic specifications.

CE3.1 Citar procedures, instruments and graphical representation techniques related to its application in development of lutheria projects.

CE3.2 Describe international standards by relating their use in drawing and representation of string musical instruments.

CE3.3 Describe the characteristics of the drawing and drawing programs of plans relating to their application in Lutheran.

CE3.4 In a practical scenario of performing graphical representations, based on documentation given on the formal and symbolic-aesthetic specifications of the musical instrument of string.

-Set the manual or digital procedures, techniques, and instruments to use for rendering.

-Perform sketches representing the formal and symbolic-aesthetic characteristics of the string musical instrument.

-Make planes at 1: 1 scale of the shapes and dimensions of the elements of the string musical instrument.

-Graphically reintroduce the constructive solutions of the string musical instrument and parts using computer media.

C4: Confect plans for the elaboration of string musical instruments from the documentation that includes their characteristics, materials, techniques, and economic conditions.

CE4.1 Describe the documentation types of a project by relating the graphical and written information.

CE4.2 In a practical scenario of sorting the job streams from a given project:

-Make the disposition of the assembly phases by taking care of the phases of the assembly by optimizing time and resources.

-Apply optimization criteria in project development.

-Select the fulfillment tools that match the characteristics of the established documentation.

-Specify the relationship of materials by determining their quality.

-Compose the elaboration plan by incorporating the previous decisions.

CE4.3 Describe the economic factors of the cost of a musical string instrument, distinguishing between materials and labor.

CE4.4 In a practical scenario of making plans for the development of musical instruments of rope, taking into account the norms of prevention of occupational and environmental risks, economy of means, effort and time, and from of a given project, perform the following activities:

-Define the materials specifications by calculating their volume.

-Temporarily and functionally organize production phases.

-Set deadlines and run times.

-Calculate materials and labor costs.

-Compose the elaboration plan.

C5: Organize project documentation from graphic and written documents from string musical instrument projects.

CE5.1 Describe the structure and formal organization of a project of a musical string instrument, relating to its usefulness, presentation to the client and the process of realization.

CE5.2 List the graphic and written documents to include in the documentation of a project of a string musical instrument justifying its incorporation.

CE5.3 In a practical documentation organization scenario, prepare a document with the economic conditions from the forecast of material consumption, auxiliary media and labor.

CE5.4 In a convenient documentation organization scenario, from the same, perform the following activities:

-Arrange the structure of the document in chapters.

-Select the graphical documents to include with communicative criteria.

-Select the useful technical and economic information.

-Incorporate the set of with graphical consistency and formal unit criteria.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.3, CE1.4 and CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.3 and CE2.4; C3 with respect to CE3.4; C4 with respect to CE4.2 and CE4.4; C5 with respect to CE5.3 and CE5.4.

Other capabilities:

Prove a good professional.

Use time and effort to extend knowledge and supplemental information to use in your work.

Propose challenging targets that represent a higher level of performance and effectiveness than previously achieved.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Interpret and respond to customer demands.

Treat the customer with courtesy, respect and discretion.

Demonstrate creativity in the development of the work you do.

Contents:

1. Information and background for string musical instrument projects

Historical evolution of musical instruments: styles, among others.

Defining the structural features of the instrument.

The typology of musical instruments.

Selection of information.

Qualities of musical instruments: form, aesthetic uses; basic and accessory functions, and acoustic requirements.

2. Structure of construction projects for musical instruments

Definition of the initial requirements, control of the information. Planning and monitoring of project processes: methodology and description.

The construction projects of musical instruments today: trends and styles.

The project process: intuition and method.

Formal and informative unit and consistency in project presentation.

3. Structural elements of a musical instrument

Study of the structural characteristics of a musical instrument: record of components according to the parts of the musical instrument, conventional and innovative materials, classification of specifications.

Useful preparation procedure: types of materials depending on the design to be performed, selection of the itinerary to be developed, tool maintenance.

Specification Analysis Techniques: the constituent formal traits of a typology related to previous models, equating some properties or traits with the preceding documentation.

4. Sound elements of a musical instrument

Acoustics and sound: doorbell, tone, color, tesitura.

Study of the sound characteristics of a musical instrument.

Specification analysis techniques: relationship between elements, materials and parts and acoustic characteristics of string musical instruments.

5. Graphic representation techniques for musical instrument design

Selection of representation systems in the determination of shapes and structures: drawing and graphic-plastic resources of description, reflection on an idea, assessment and choice of treatment to be used.

Use of computer equipment in the processing of graphics: support programs, databases on the Internet.

Collection of data on representation systems: functional, communicative and aesthetic values; influence of design on the development and evolution of musical references and musical instruments.

6. Organisation, quality and safety in the development of musical instruments

Documentation and analysis systems: control of materials, production processes; structural and decorative elements.

Sequence and management of production phases: division of processes in stages, integration of materials, technology and price, reports of performance of traditional materials (timbers) and innovators (carbon fibre); recognition of procedures in the provision of project phases.

Quality verification systems and procedures in craft environments.

Measures of attention to safety at work: economy of means, systems of respect to specific ergonomic conditioning, selection of processes synthesis of effort factors/time/result.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Multipurpose Classroom of at least 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

Classroom 60 m² graphic expression workshop.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Mastery of knowledge and techniques related to the development of design and craft construction projects of string musical instruments, which will be accredited by one of the following ways:

-Academic training of Licentiated/a, degree of equivalent degree or of other higher levels related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: WOODS FOR BUILDING ARTISANS ' MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

Level: 3

Code: MF1854_3

Associate to UC: Select and store timbers for building artisans ' musical instruments

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Apply selection criteria in the acquisition of wood, raw or custom, for artisan musical instruments, depending on the pieces in which it is to be transformed.

CE1.1 Describe the most common defects (rajas, reversed, knots, among others) that present the raw wood or as a measure related to the quality characteristics of the artisans.

CE1.2 Describe the verification procedures of raw or custom timbers by relating the factors that cause the defects.

CE1.3 Describe the factors that are considered in the assessment of the visual and mechanical quality of the raw timbers or as they relate to the final characteristics of the musical instrument.

CE1.4 Describe CITES (Convention International Trade in Endangered Species) regulations relating to environmental protection regulations.

CE1.5 In a scenario of applying selection criteria, based on project specifications and given samples:

-Decide the type of wood to use based on its physical and aesthetic characteristics.

-Identify the timbers given from their physical characteristics.

-Set the parameters to verify in the samples by determining the procedure to use.

-Verify your quality through visual and tactile procedures.

-Select the timbers to use from given.

C2: Apply wood classification techniques, raw or custom, for artisan musical instruments, by using criteria to identify them.

CE2.1 Describe standardized commercial denominations by relating them to their use in the construction of musical instruments.

CE2.2 Describe factors affecting aesthetic and mechanical qualities by relating them to their use in the construction of musical instruments.

CE2.3 Describe the identification criteria and timber classification procedures relating to their use in the maintenance and management of the warehouse.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario of applying criteria and classification techniques, based on project specifications and given samples:

-Identify the types corresponding to the timbers given by their trade name.

-Set your classification by qualities and sizes.

-Identify the parts that can be obtained from them based on their characteristics.

-Perform classification by commercial categories.

C3: Apply timbers storage criteria, raw or measured, for artisan musical instruments taking into account accessibility, location and maintenance of warehouses, with quality and safety criteria.

CE3.1 Describe storage procedures relating to the quality characteristics of the timbers used in the construction of musical instruments.

CE3.2 Describe stored wood protection techniques relating to the quality characteristics of the timbers used in the construction of musical instruments.

CE3.3 Describe the criteria for the organization of wood stores, relating them to the maintenance of the qualities of wood used in the construction of musical instruments.

CE3.4 In a practical scenario of application of storage criteria and procedures, based on a description and given samples, applying the regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks:

-Define the organization and storage criteria based on the given information.

-Perform the slatting of the samples by ensuring the stability of the wood.

-Carry out the sealing of the testas by ensuring the stability of the wood.

-Perform the entire process while respecting work and environmental security measures.

C4: Apply techniques and procedures for inventorying wood and materials for artisan musical instruments through the use of identification criteria and tools for processing and maintenance.

CE4.1 Set criteria for the identification of woods by linking them with their use for the construction of musical instruments.

CE4.2 Feature computer tools and techniques and manuals used in inventory processing.

CE4.3 In a practical scenario of applying criteria and classification techniques, based on project specifications and given samples:

-Identify the types corresponding to the timbers given by their trade name.

-Select and apply classification criteria.

-Develop an inventory of the samples given using those criteria.

-Use IT tools by viewing operations for up to date maintenance and management.

-Identify the parts that can be obtained from them according to their characteristics.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.4; C3 with respect to CE3.4; C4 with respect to CE4.3.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Finish the job within the set deadlines.

Propose alternatives to improve results.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Contents:

1. Types of wood in the construction of musical instruments

Commercial types.

Mechanical characteristics.

Types of veins.

Types of cuts.

Commercial Presentations.

Quality standards.

Wood-related environmental protection regulations: origin, protected species, CITES certifications (Convention International Trade in Endangered Species).

2. Wood inventory and storage systems for the construction of musical instruments

Classification and inventory criteria.

Storage conditions: ventilation, temperature, humidity and conditioning.

Timber protection techniques.

Computer tools applied to timbers inventories.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Multipurpose Classroom of at least 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

Classroom 60 m² graphic expression workshop.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the selection and storage of wood for the construction of musical instruments artisans, which will be accredited by one of the following forms:

-Academic training of Licentiated/a, degree of equivalent degree or of other higher levels related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 3: PREPARATION AND PREPARATION OF MOULDS, SOLERAS AND TOOLS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF OLD PULSED ROPE INSTRUMENTS

Level: 3

Code: MF1858_3

Associate with UC: Elaborate and prepare molds, soleras, and tools for the construction of old pulsed string instruments

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Apply mold-making techniques and procedures for old pulsed string instruments, from the plans and templates of design and construction projects, with safety and quality criteria.

CE1.1 Describe external and internal molds by justifying their use based on the type of instrument to be performed.

CE1.2 Describe the process of making the molds by linking each operation with the materials to be used, the techniques and procedures to be applied, the tools to use.

CE1.3 Describe the occupational and environmental risks and their corresponding preventive measures, associated with the process of making molds for old string instruments, relating them to the materials, tools, techniques and procedures.

CE1.4 In a practical mold-making scenario, based on the project specifications of an instrument and applying the environmental and labor security measures:

-Choose the type of mold, internal, or external by justifying the selection.

-Choose material to make the mold taking into account the project specifications and the assembly process.

-Select and prepare the template, tools, and materials for mold realization.

-Perform mold processing operations.

-Verify the quality of operations with the established instruments.

C2: Apply welding techniques and procedures for old pulsed string instruments, from drawings and templates of design and construction projects, with safety and quality criteria.

CE2.1 Describe the types and characteristics of soleras by justifying their use according to the type of instrument to be performed.

CE2.2 Describe the process of manufacturing the soleras by relating each operation to the materials to be used, the techniques and procedures to be applied, and the tools to be used.

CE2.3 Describe the occupational and environmental risks and their corresponding preventive measures, associated with the process of working out soleras for old string instruments, relating them to the materials, tools, techniques and procedures.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario for the manufacture of soleras, from the specifications of the project of an instrument and complying with the safety measures:

-Choose the type of mold, internal or external, to justify the selection.

-Choose and prepare the material for the solera and the work tools, taking into account the project specifications and the processing and assembly process.

-Make the layout and cut.

-Perform the flush operations by checking the curvatures with templates.

-Verify the quality of operations with the established instruments.

C3: Apply techniques and procedures for the elaboration of tools for old pulsed string instruments, depending on the dimensions, characteristics and shape of the pieces to be assembled, from design projects and construction, with safety and quality criteria.

CE3.1 Describe the tooling used for the elaboration, fastening and sizing of the pieces and elements of old string instruments.

CE3.2 Describe the process of making tools by relating each operation to the materials to be used, the techniques and procedures to be applied, the tools to be used.

CE3.3 Describe the occupational and environmental risks and their corresponding preventive measures, associated with the process of making tools for old string instruments, relating them to the materials, tools, techniques and procedures.

CE3.4 In a practical use-making scenario, based on the project specifications of an old string instrument, justifying decisions and complying with security measures:

-Develop the specific tooling for the assembly of the hoops.

-Develop the specific tool for the elaboration of the bottom and cover.

-Develop the specific tool for the reinforcement of hoops reinforcements.

-Develop the specific tool for making the mast.

-Develop the specific tool for bridge sizing.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.4; C2 with respect to CE2.4; C3 with respect to CE3.4.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Prove a good professional.

Finish the job within the set deadlines.

Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Respect company procedures and rules.

Use time and effort to extend knowledge and supplemental information for use in your work.

Demonstrate interest in the broad knowledge of the artisan organization and its processes.

Demonstrate responsibility for successes and failures and failures.

Respect the internal procedures and rules of the artisan company.

Habit with the work rhythm of the artisan company.

Contents:

1. Mould-making techniques and procedures for old pulsed string musical instruments

Interpretation of musical instrument projects applied to mold making.

Verification of specifications: comparison and verification instruments and procedures.

Role of molds in the processing of musical instruments.

Mold features: types.

Materials, tools and tools for making molds: features and uses.

Plot procedures from templates and blueprints.

Manual and mechanical trimming procedures.

Job risks associated with the process of mold-making: labor and environmental safety standards.

2. Techniques and procedures for the performance of soleras for ancient musical instruments of pulsed rope

Interpretation of musical instrument projects applied to mold making.

Verification of specifications: comparison and verification instruments and procedures.

Soleras function in the processing of musical instruments.

Soleras characteristics: types.

Materials, tools and tools for the manufacture of soleras: characteristics and uses.

Plot procedures from templates and blueprints.

Manual and mechanical trimming procedures.

Emptying of Soleras.

Job risks associated with the process of making moulds, soleras and useful: labour and environmental safety standards.

3. Techniques and procedures for making tools for old pulsed string musical instruments

Function of the tooling in the process of making musical instruments.

Features of the tooling: types.

Realization of tools: criteria, materials and techniques of elaboration and use.

Job risks associated with the process of making use of tools: labour and environmental safety standards.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Multipurpose Classroom of at least 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

90 m² musical instrument construction workshop.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the elaboration and preparation of moulds, soleras and tools for the construction of old instruments of pulsed rope, which will be accredited by one of the following forms:

-Academic training of Licentiated/a, degree of equivalent degree or of other higher levels related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 4: MANUFACTURE AND ASSEMBLY OF PIECES OF VIHUELAS AND/OR OLD GUITARS

Level: 3

Code: MF1859_3

Associate to UC: Elaborate and assemble the pieces of old vihuelas and/or guitars

Duration: 180 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Apply techniques and procedures for the production of body parts from the acoustic boxes of vihuelas and/or old guitars, from design and construction projects, with quality and safety criteria.

CE1.1 Describe the process of making acoustic case parts for old shacks and/or guitars justifying the order of operations and relating each operation to the materials to be used, the techniques and procedures to apply, the tools to use.

CE1.2 Describe the occupational and environmental risks and their corresponding preventive measures associated with the process of making acoustic boxes for the old and/or old guitars, relating them to the materials, tools, techniques and procedures.

CE1.3 Describe the process of making a monoxyl body by justifying the order of operations and relating each operation to the materials to be used, the techniques and procedures to be applied, the tools to be used and the associated occupational and environmental risks.

CE1.4 In a practical project of preparing hoops, starting with a given project and applying the rules on occupational and environmental risks:

-Bring the hoops using the drawing templates and useful.

-Cut them using the appropriate tools.

-Calibrate them according to project specifications.

-Accuse them by verifying their finish.

-Domes them using the domed tools.

-Verify the quality of operations with measuring instruments.

CE1.5 In a scenario of setting and assembling the pieces of a background, perform the joints, wrap them according to project, and ensure total contact between the pieces.

CE1.6 In a practical scenario of making a monoxyl body, from a given project and applying the rules on occupational and environmental risks, make the selection of the block of wood and its later carving and emptying, verifying the quality of the operations with the instruments established.

CE1.7 In a practical scenario of making background bars, starting with a given project and applying the rules on occupational and environmental risks, making the cut and verifying the quality of the operations with the instruments set.

C2: Apply techniques and procedures for making the pieces of the mast (handle, pin and beater or diapason) of old vihuelas and/or guitars, from design and construction projects, with quality criteria and security.

CE2.1 Describe the process of processing handles, pins and whiskers or diacasons of old shacks and/or guitars, justifying the order of operations and relating each operation to the materials to be used, the techniques and procedures to be applied and the tools to use.

CE2.2 Describe the occupational and environmental risks and their corresponding preventive measures associated with the process of making acoustic boxes for the old and/or old guitars, relating them to the materials, tools, techniques and procedures.

CE2.3 In a practical scenario of making a vvihuela mast and/or old guitar, from a project and templates given and applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Select the tools and materials by justifying the selection.

-Perform the handle-heel-zoque assembly by cutting, carving, and sizing techniques.

-Verify the quality of operations with measuring instruments.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario of carrying out the encastre of a vihuela handle and/or old guitar, from a given project and applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Tracing the encastre based on project specifications.

-Perform the adjustment of the parts by taking into account the alignment of the axes and the specified string height.

-Perform the sizing of the pieces by verifying their homogeneity, solidity and stability.

-Verify the quality of operations with measuring instruments.

CE2.5 In a practical scenario of making a vihuela pin and/or old guitar, from a given project and applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Select the tools and materials by justifying the selection.

-Develop the pin in a block or several pieces, flat or concave as set in the project.

-Adjust the pins taking into account the correct one by verifying their alignment and penetration, and ensuring optimum contact with the pin drills.

-Verify the quality of operations with measuring instruments.

CE2.6 In a practical scenario for the development of a diapason for vihuela and/or old guitar, from a given project and applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Select tools and materials justifying selection.

-Develop the diapason, justifying the technique or the procedure to be applied, depending on the project specifications.

-Verify the quality of operations with measuring instruments.

C3: Apply techniques and procedures for the production of harmonic lids and/or old guitars, from design and construction projects, with quality and safety criteria.

CE3.1 Describe the process for the elaboration of harmonic lids of old vihuelas and/or guitars, justifying the order of operations and relating each operation to the materials to be used, techniques and procedures to apply and the tools to use.

CE3.2 Describe the occupational and environmental risks and their corresponding preventive measures associated with the process of elaboration of harmonic caps for old and/or old guitars, relating them to the materials, tools, techniques and procedures.

CE3.3 In a practical scenario of developing a harmonic cap, from a given project and applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Select tools and materials justifying selection.

-Perform the layout of the gasket, taking into account the direction and shape of the seam.

-Cut and couple the pieces, grinding the edges of your gasket.

-Encolar the gasket, verifying the quality of its adjustment and its solidity and stability.

-Track and trim the cap by leaving the margin set.

-Calibrate the cap according to specified thicknesses, verifying it with measuring instruments.

-Develop the harmonic bars by selecting the wood, cutting it and brushing it, adjusting to the dimensions and curvatures specified in the project.

-Perform the stick of the bars to the harmonic cap by adjusting and sanding their surfaces.

-Verify the quality of operations with measuring instruments.

CE3.4 In a practical scenario, of making a rose or rosette, from a given project and applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety, carving in the wood of the lid or in an independent piece according to the type instrument.

CE3.5 Describe the process of making the nozzle nozzles and/or old guitars, justifying the order of operations and relating each operation to the materials to be used, the techniques and procedures to be applied and the tools to use.

CE3.6 In a practical case of nozzle-making, perform a fragment of a predetermined size, starting with the project of the given instrument, applying the specific techniques and procedures with criteria of quality and safety.

CE3.7 In a practical scenario for the development of a bridge, from a given project and applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Select tools and materials justifying selection.

-Develop the bridge by applying specific techniques and procedures.

-Verify the quality of operations with measuring instruments.

C4: Apply techniques and procedures for the assembly of acoustic boxes of vihuelas and/or old guitars from design and construction projects, with quality and safety criteria.

CE4.1 Describe process of assembly of acoustic boxes of vihuelas and/or old guitars relating operations, different systems of assembly, tools, tools and measures of prevention of occupational risks and environmental.

CE4.2 In a practical case of assembly of acoustic boxes of vihuelas and/or old guitars, performing the pawns or against-hoops from a given project, selecting the materials and applying the techniques and procedures specific and with employment and environmental safety criteria.

CE4.3 In a practical case of assembly of acoustic boxes of vihuelas and/or old guitars from a given instrument project and applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety, and according to the instrument build:

-Adjust the hoops to the mold, verifying their position.

-Perform the sizing of the rings to the handle and the butt taco, verifying its quality and stability.

-Perform the counter-rings, verifying their adjustment and making corrections where appropriate.

-Perform the background sizing, carving, and adjusting the bars on the bars.

-Verify the quality of operations with measuring instruments.

C5: Apply harmonic cap assembly techniques and procedures to the acoustic box of old vihuelas and/or guitars from design and construction projects, with quality and safety criteria.

CE5.1 Explain the importance of the resulting angle of the harmonic cap and handle planes.

CE5.2 Describe positioning and sizing techniques for long-lived and/or old guitars bridges.

CE5.3 In a practical scenario of assembling the harmonic cap to the noise case of the vihuela and/or old guitar, from a given project and applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Adjust the surface of the acoustical box and handle with the harmonic cap taking into account its angle.

-Bring the length of the bars and their morts by pre-positioning the lid.

-Empty the shreds and check the settings.

-Wrap the cap to the harmonic box by revisiting the excess material from the contour by verifying its homogeneity.

-Verify the quality of operations with measuring instruments.

CE5.4 In a practical scenario of positioning and gluing of vihuelas bridges and/or old guitars, from a given project and applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Select the technique and the positioning and sizing tools of the bridge by justifying the decisions.

-Perform positioning and sizing using the selected technique and tools.

-Bring, perform and glue the whiskers using the specific techniques.

-Verify the quality of operations with the established instruments.

C6: Apply techniques and procedures for assembly and termination of diacasels and/or old guitars from design and construction projects, with quality and safety criteria.

CE6.1 Describe the process of assembly and termination of day-pass diacasons and/or old guitars, justifying the order of operations and relating each operation to the materials to be used, the techniques and procedures apply and the tools to use.

CE6.2 Describe the occupational and environmental risks and their corresponding preventive measures associated with the process of assembling and terminating diacasons for old and/or old guitars, relating to the materials, tools, techniques and procedures.

CE6.3 Describe storage systems for the storage division.

CE6.4 Describe the marking and placement process of the lid.

CE6.5 In a practical assumption of assembly of the diapason of old vihuelas and/or guitars, from a given project and applying the measures of occupational safety and environmental:

-Bring and cut the lid in its junction with the diapason, verifying the alignment of the axes.

-Insert the diapason peaks into the cap by calculating your position.

-Perform the layout, cutting, sizing, and repassing operations of the diapason, by using the tool.

-Perform the calculation of the position of the storage devices by justifying the use of the calculation system.

-Perform the placement of the storerooms.

-Verify the quality of operations with measuring instruments.

C7: Apply techniques and procedures for assembly of old vihuelas and/or guitar pins from design and construction projects, with quality and safety criteria.

CE7.1 Describe types of pin-handle on vihuelas and/or old guitars relating to tools, techniques, and process.

CE7.2 Describe the specific useful for the attachment of the pin-handle of old vihuelas and/or guitars justifying their use.

CE7.3 In a practical case and a project of assembly of the two-piece pin of a vihuela and/or old guitar, from a given project, and applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Bring the pin-handle junction considering its alignment and angle.

-Cut and adjust the pin-handle by cutting, carving and adjusting techniques.

-Perform the sizing using the specific tool, verifying its solidity and stability.

-Verify the quality of operations with measuring instruments.

C8: Apply techniques and procedures for the production and insertion of decorative elements (taraceas, incrustations, marquetteries, filepteries, carvings, mosaics, among others) of old vihuelas and/or guitars, from projects of design and construction, with quality and safety criteria.

CE8.1 Describe the process of making taraceas, incrustations, marquetteries, filepteries, carvings, mosaics, among others for vihuelas and/or old guitars, justifying the order of operations and relating each operation with the materials to be used, the techniques and procedures to be applied and the tools to use.

CE8.2 Describe the occupational and environmental risks and their corresponding preventive measures associated with the process of elaboration of taraceas, incrustations, marquetteries, filepteries, carvings, mosaics, among others for vihuelas and/or Old guitars, relating to materials, tools, techniques and procedures.

CE8.3 In a practical scenario of elaboration of the decorative elements of a vihuela and/or old guitar, and a concrete historical model to reproduce, and applying the measures of occupational safety and environmental:

-Analyze the model, defining the templates and measures of the decorative elements.

-Select materials, tools, and techniques by justifying the decision based on the decorative elements.

-Develop the decorative elements using the specific techniques, making them and inserting them into the instrument.

-Perform the repast of the decorative elements and the sanding of the instrument.

-Verify the quality of operations with measuring instruments.

CE8.4 In a practical scenario of elaboration of the decorative elements of a vihuela and/or old guitar, from a given project, according to the instrument to build and implement the measures of occupational safety and environmental:

-Define the templates and measures of the decorative elements.

-Select materials, tools, and techniques by justifying the decision based on the decorative elements.

-Develop the decorative elements using the specific techniques, making them and inserting them into the instrument.

-Perform the repast of the decorative elements and the sanding of the instrument.

-Verify the quality of operations with measuring instruments.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.4, CE1.5, CE1.6, CE1.7; C2 with respect to CE2.3, CE2.4, CE2.5, CE2.6; C3 with respect to CE3.3, CE3.4, CE3.6, CE3.7; C4 with respect to CE4.2, CE4.3; C5 with respect to CE5.3, CE5.4; C6 with respect to CE6.5; C7 with respect to CE7.3; C8 to CE8.3, CE8.4.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Prove a good professional.

Finish the job within the set deadlines.

Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Respect company procedures and rules.

Use time and effort to extend knowledge and supplemental information for use in your work.

Demonstrate interest in the broad knowledge of the artisan organization and its processes.

Demonstrate responsibility for successes and failures and failures.

Respect the internal procedures and rules of the artisan company.

Habit with the work rhythm of the artisan company.

Contents:

1. Techniques and procedures for the manufacture of sound boxes and/or old guitars

Characteristics and typology of acoustic boxes of old vihuelas and/or guitars.

techniques and procedures for making aros and systems of domado.

Funding techniques.

Processing procedures for bars, reinforcements, and pawns.

Techniques and procedures for the development of structural elements: characteristics, materials, tools, operations.

Techniques and procedures for emptying and making monoxyl instruments.

Tools and tools for making acoustic boxes of old shacks and/or guitars.

Verification of specifications: comparison and verification instruments and procedures.

Labor and environmental safety standards in the development of acoustic boxes of old vuhuelas and/or guitars.

2. Techniques and procedures for the manufacture of old shacks and/or guitars

Different types of vihuelas masts and/or old guitars depending on the historical period, building styles and assembly systems.

Techniques and procedures for processing handles, pins, diapasons.

Types of handle assemblies-box, handle-pin and talon-zoque.

Type of old vihuelas and/or guitar pins.

Plug-in techniques.

Tools and tools for the development of the masts and/or old guitars.

Verification of specifications: comparison and verification instruments and procedures.

Labor and environmental safety standards in the development of old vuhuelas and/or guitars masts.

3. Techniques and procedures for the manufacture of harmonic lids and/or old guitars

Harmonic lids and/or old guitars.

A system for the sweep of a shroud cap and/or old guitars according to historical treatises.

Design procedures for the sweep of a vihuela and/or old guitar cap: specific calculations from historical treatises.

Telling techniques and procedures in wood and parchment.

Techniques and procedures for working together, sizing, sizing and drilling.

Bridge-making techniques and procedures.

Systems and techniques for the assembly of acoustic boxes of vihuelas and/or old guitars depending on the type of handle-box, mold type and assembly.

Tools and tools for making harmonic lids and/or old guitars.

Verification of specifications: comparison and verification instruments and procedures.

Labor and environmental safety standards in the elaboration of harmonic lids of old vihuelas and/or guitars.

4. Techniques and procedures for assembling the harmonic lids of old vihuelas and/or guitars

Assembly types of harmonic lids and/or old guitars: systems, techniques, and elements.

Positioning and bridging techniques and procedures.

Techniques and procedures for making, positioning and sizing bridges.

Techniques and procedures for assembling harmonics to the old crate and/or guitars boxes.

Tools and assembly tools for harmonic lids and/or old guitars.

Verification of specifications: comparison and verification instruments and procedures.

Labor and environmental safety standards in the assembly of harmonic lids and/or old guitars.

5. Assembly and termination techniques and procedures for diacasions and pegs and/or old guitars

Hiv and/or old guitar diapasons assembly types.

Entrastate compute systems.

Type of pin-handle-handle of old vihuelas and/or guitars.

Plug-in assembly techniques and procedures-vihuelas handle and/or old guitars.

Assembly tools and tools for diapasons and pegs and/or old guitars.

Verification of specifications: comparison and verification instruments and procedures.

Labor and environmental safety standards in the assembly of harmonic lids and/or old guitars.

6. Techniques and procedures for the ornamentation of old guitars and/or guitars

Types of decorative elements in old vihuelas and/or guitars according to historical time.

Materials for the elaboration of decorative elements in old vuhuelas and/or guitars.

Techniques and procedures for making taraceas, mosaics, marquetteries, filepteries, spikes and embedding elements.

Techniques and procedures for embedding decorative elements.

Landing techniques and procedures.

Tools and tools in the ornamentation of old vihuelas and/or guitars.

Verification of specifications: comparison and verification instruments and procedures.

Labor and environmental safety standards in the assembly of harmonic lids and/or old guitars.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Multipurpose Classroom of at least 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

90 m² musical instrument construction workshop.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the elaboration and assembly of the old pieces of vihuelas and/or guitars, which will be accredited by one of the following forms:

-Academic training of Licentiated/a, degree of equivalent degree or of other higher levels related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 5: ELABORATION AND ASSEMBLY OF PIECES OF ANCIENT AND/OR TIORBAS

Level: 3

Code: MF1860_3

Associated with UC: Elaborate and assemble the pieces of old and/or tiorbs

Duration: 210 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Apply techniques and procedures for the production of the acoustic boxes of old ludes and/or tiorbas from design and construction projects, with quality and safety criteria.

CE1.1 Describe the process of making pieces of acoustic boxes of old and/or tiorba laud (zoque, duels, counter-duels and braguero), justifying the order of operations and relating each operation to the materials use, the techniques and procedures to be applied and the tools to use.

CE1.2 Describe the occupational and environmental risks and their corresponding preventive measures associated with the process of making pieces of acoustic boxes of old ludes and/or tiorbas (zoque, duels, anti-duels and braguero), relating them to materials, tools, techniques and procedures.

CE1.3 Describe duels domed techniques, counterclaims, and acoustic case bakers of old and/or tiorbas identifying, tools, and tools and relating them to the security and quality of operations.

CE1.4 In a practical scenario for the production of old laud and/or tiorba acoustic case parts following the specifications of the given project and applying the rules on occupational and environmental risks:

-Develop the zoo from the drawing and cutting of the wooden block.

-Prepare the duels by calibrating, stabbing, and doming.

-Prepare the contractions by calibrating, stabbing, and doming.

-Prepare the braguer by calibrating, stabbing and doming.

-Verify the quality of operations with the established instruments.

C2: Apply techniques and procedures for making parts of the mast of old lauds and/or tiorbas, from design and construction projects, with quality and safety criteria.

CE2.1 Describe the process of making the pieces that make up the mast of an old laud and/or a tiorba (handle, pin and beater), justifying the order of the operations and relating each operation with the materials to be used, the techniques and procedures to be applied and the tools to use.

CE2.2 Describe the occupational and environmental risks and their corresponding preventive measures associated with the process of making the pieces that make up the mast of an old laud and/or a tiorba (mango, pin and beater or diapason), relating to materials, tools, techniques and procedures.

CE2.3 In a practical application of techniques and procedures for the production of mangoes, pegs and diapasons of old and/or tiorbas lauds, from a given construction project and applying the rules on labour and environmental risks:

-Perform the handle of an old laud or a tiorba taking into account its angle with respect to the acoustic box.

-Make the pin of an old laud or tiorba taking into account its angle to the handle.

-Perform the diapason of an old laud or a tiorba, verifying its adjustment to the handle.

-Verify the quality of operations with the established instruments.

CE2.4 In a practical application of techniques and procedures for the production of mangoes, pegs and diapasons of old and/or tiorbas lauds, from a given construction project and applying the rules on labor and environmental risks, adjust the conicity of the pegs with the pin using the tools and the specific techniques and verify their alignment and sliding.

C3: Apply techniques and procedures for the elaboration of harmonic caps for old and/or tiorbas, from design and construction projects, with quality and safety criteria.

CE3.1 Describe the process of making the covers of old and/or tiorbs, justifying the order of operations and relating each operation to the materials to be used, the techniques and procedures to be applied and the tools to use.

CE3.2 Describe the occupational and environmental risks and their corresponding preventive measures associated with the process of making the pieces that make up the mast of an old laud and/or a tiorba (handle, pin and beater or diapason), relating to materials, tools, techniques and procedures.

CE3.3 Describe the pieces and elements that are integrated into the harmonic cap of ancient and/or tiorbas lauds identifying materials and functions within the set.

CE3.4 In a practical scenario for the application of techniques and procedures for the elaboration of harmonic caps for old and/or tiorbas, from a given construction project and applying the rules on occupational risks and environmental:

-Encolate the two halves of the cap, verifying and correcting their adjustment if necessary.

-Cut the contour of the cap by leaving room for mounting.

-Calibrate the cap by leaving the bulk depending on the project.

-Make the rose by carving on the cover or separate part depending on the project.

-Perform the harmonic bars and the "J" bar by means of specific processing and finishing techniques, verifying their dimensions and individual curvatures.

-Perform the bridge, using specific processing and finishing techniques, adjusting it to the project specifications.

C4: Apply techniques and procedures for assembling acoustic boxes of old ludes and/or tiorbas from design and construction projects, with quality and safety criteria.

CE4.1 Describe techniques and procedures for setting and assembling acoustic boxes of ancient lauds and/or tiorbas identifying materials, tools, and tools and relating them to the security and quality of operations.

CE4.2 Describe techniques and procedures for adjusting and assembling the handle in the acoustic box of ancient lauds and/or tiorbas identifying materials, tools and tools and relating them to the safety and quality of the operations.

CE4.3 In a practical scenario for the application of techniques and procedures for the elaboration of harmonic caps for old and/or tiorbas, from a given construction project and applying the rules on occupational risks and environmental:

-Perform the attachment and profiling of the zoque.

-Encolar the duels by adjusting and repassing them, using the specific mold and tooling.

-Encolate the contractions by adjusting and repassing them.

-Extract the mold, performing the interior cleaning of the acoustic box.

-Perform the turn on, setting, and sizing the braguer.

-Verify the quality of operations with the established instruments.

C5: Apply techniques and procedures for the assembly of harmonic caps of old ludes and/or tiorbas from design and construction projects, with quality and safety criteria.

CE5.1 Describe techniques and procedures for assembling harmonics of ancient lauds and/or tiorbas identifying materials, tools, and tools and relating them to the security and quality of operations.

CE5.2 Explain the importance of the angle resulting from the cover planes and the handle of old lauds and/or tiorbs.

CE5.3 Describe positioning and sizing techniques for old and/or tiorbas bridge bridges.

CE5.4 In a practical scenario for the application of techniques and procedures for the assembly of harmonic caps of old and/or tiorbas, from a given construction project and applying the rules on occupational risks and environmental:

-Adjust the surface of the acoustical box and handle with the harmonic cap taking into account its angle.

-Draw the length of the bars and their curves by pre-positioning the lid.

-Wrap the cap to the acoustic box by revisiting the excess material from the contour and verifying its homogeneity.

-Verify the quality of operations with the established instruments.

CE5.5 In a practical scenario of positioning and sizing bridges of old and/or tiorbas, from a given project and applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Select the positioning and positioning technique and technique of the bridge by justifying the decisions.

-Perform positioning and sizing using the selected technique and tools.

-Bring, perform and glue the whiskers using the specific techniques.

-Verify the quality of operations with the established instruments.

C6: Apply techniques and procedures for the assembly and termination of old and/or tiorbas from design and construction projects, with quality and safety criteria.

CE6.1 Describe techniques for the assembly of old lauds and/or tiorbas assembly techniques by identifying materials, tools, and tools and relating them to the security and quality of operations.

CE6.2 Describe techniques for the completion of day-to-day and/or tiorbas diacasions by identifying materials, tools, and tools and relating them to the security and quality of operations.

CE6.3 In an alleged assembly of the diapason of ancient lauds and/or tiorbas, from a given project, according to the instrument to be constructed and applied the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Bring and cut the lid in its junction with the diapason, verifying the alignment of the axes.

-Insert the diapason peaks into the cap by calculating your position.

-Perform the layout, cutting, sizing, and repassing operations of the diapason, by using the tool.

-Perform the termination of the diapason to blade and sandbox.

-Verify the quality of operations with the established instruments.

C7: Apply techniques and procedures for assembly of old lauds and/or tiorbas from design and construction projects, with quality and safety criteria.

CE7.1 Describe types of pin-handle assemblies on old lauds relating to tools and techniques and procedures.

CE7.2 Describe types of pin-handle assemblies in tiorbas relating to tools and techniques and procedures.

CE7.3 Describe the specific useful for the attachment of the pin-handle of old lauds and/or tiorbas justifying their use.

CE7.4 In a practical case and a project of assembly of the pin and handle of an old laud and/or a tiorba, from a given project, according to the instrument to be constructed and applied the measures of occupational safety and environmental:

-Bring the pin-handle junction considering its alignment and angle.

-Cut and adjust the pin-handle by means of cutting, cutting and adjusting techniques and procedures.

-Perform the sizing using the specific tools, verifying their solidity and stability.

-Verify the quality of operations with the established instruments.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.4; C2 for CE2.3 and CE2.4; C3 for CE3.4; C4 for CE4.3; C5 for CE5.4 and CE5.5; C6 for CE6.3; C7 for CE7.4.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Prove a good professional.

Finish the job within the set deadlines.

Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Respect company procedures and rules.

Use time and effort to extend knowledge and supplemental information for use in your work.

Demonstrate interest in the broad knowledge of the artisan organization and its processes.

Demonstrate responsibility for successes and failures and failures.

Respect the internal procedures and rules of the artisan company.

Habit with the work rhythm of the artisan company.

Contents:

1. Techniques and procedures for the manufacture of acoustic case parts of old and/or tiorbas

Characteristics and typology of acoustic boxes of ancient lauds and/or tiorbas: typologies of periform acoustic boxes.

Processing of duels and domed systems.

Tools and tools for making acoustic boxes of old ludes and/or tiorbs.

Verification of specifications: comparison and verification instruments and procedures.

Labor and environmental safety standards in the development of acoustic boxes of old vuhuelas and/or guitars.

2. Techniques and procedures for the production of pieces of ancient lauds and/or tiorbs

Different types of ancient lauds masts and/or tiorbas based on historical period, building styles, and assembly systems.

Techniques and procedures for the production of old and/or tiorbas mangoes: elaboration, procedures for adjustment of the bezel and the pin, lined with handles of ludes and/or tiorbs.

Techniques and procedures for making diacasions.

Types of handle assemblies-box, handle-pin and talon-zoque.

Types of old lauds and/or tiorbs.

Techniques and procedures for making pegs: elaboration. Pin adjustment.

Verification of specifications: comparison and verification instruments and procedures.

Work and environmental safety standards in the development of masts of ancient lauds and/or tiorbas.

3. Techniques and procedures for the production of harmonic lids of old ludes and/or tiorbs

Harmonic lids of ludes, archilaudes and/or tiorbas and their historical evolution.

A laud cap sweep systems according to historical treatises.

Design procedures for the sweep of a laud cap: specific calculations from historical treatises.

Pink carving techniques and procedures in wood and parchment.

Techniques and procedures for working together, sizing, sizing and drilling.

Bridge-making techniques and procedures.

Verification of specifications: comparison and verification instruments and procedures.

Work and environmental safety standards in the elaboration of harmonic caps for old and/or tiorbas.

4. Techniques for assembling acoustic case parts of old and/or tiorbs

Techniques and procedures for acoustic case assemblies of old and/or tiorbas.

Techniques and procedures for adjusting and sizing duels on molds.

Techniques and procedures for adjustment of counter and braguers.

Extraction, verification, and mold cleaning systems.

Verification of specifications: comparison and verification instruments and procedures.

Labor and environmental safety standards in the assembly of acoustic boxes of old and/or tiorbas.

5. Techniques and procedures for the assembly of harmonic caps on old and/or tiorbas

Harmonic lids assembly types of old and/or tiorbs: systems, techniques, and elements.

Positioning and bridging techniques and procedures.

Techniques and procedures for making, positioning and sizing bridges.

Tools and assembly tools for harmonic lids of old ludes and/or tiorbs.

Verification of specifications: comparison and verification instruments and procedures.

Labor and environmental safety standards in the assembly of harmonic caps for old and/or tiorbas.

6. Techniques and procedures for the assembly and termination

day-pass and/or tiorbas

Assembly types of old lauds and/or tiorbs: techniques and procedures

Tools and assembly tools for old lauds and/or tiorbas.

Verification of specifications: comparison and verification instruments and procedures.

Labor and environmental safety standards in the assembly of harmonic caps for old and/or tiorbas.

7. Techniques and procedures for the assembly of former and/or tiorb

Types of old lauds pin assemblies and/or tiorbs.

Tools and assembly tools for old lauds and/or tiorbs.

Techniques and procedures for fitting and finishing of old lauds and/or tiorbs.

Verification of specifications: comparison and verification instruments and procedures.

Labor and environmental safety standards in the assembly of harmonic caps for old and/or tiorbas.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Multipurpose Classroom of at least 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

90 m² musical instrument construction workshop.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the elaboration and assembly of the pieces of old and/or tiorbas lauds, which will be accredited by one of the following ways:

-Academic training of Licentiated/a, degree of equivalent degree or of other higher levels related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

FORMATIVE MODULE 6: TINTING AND HANDCRAFTED MUSICAL INSTRUMENT VARNISHING

Level: 3

Code: MF1857_3

Associate with UC: Craft and Artisanal Apply Dyes and varnishes for Musical Instruments

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Develop base varnish manufacturing processes, according to traditional procedures, with safety and quality criteria.

CE1.1 Identify the factors that condition the purity and quality of the resins by explaining them.

CE1.2 Describe the fragmentation processes of the resins, taking into account the safety and hygiene measures in the operations.

CE1.3 Describe the varnish cooking process, listing the materials, tools, and tools, as well as the labor and environmental security measures to be applied.

CE1.4 In a practical process of manufacturing varnishes, from a given project, to perform the procedures of mixing resins and cold solvents in compliance with the measures of occupational safety and environmental safety.

CE1.5 In a practical process of cooking varnishes, from a given project, applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Verify the conditions of the materials, tools, and tools to be used during the cooking process.

-Preparing or using during the cooking process the conditions and measures of work and environmental safety.

-Cocer the dissolution of resin and solvent, controlling the temperature.

-Filter the varnish after its decantation.

-Ensure the order and cleanliness and preservation of the tools, tools, and work zone at the end of the process.

C2: Apply dyeing techniques and procedures for pieces of musical instruments, from projects, with quality and safety criteria.

CE2.1 identify the artisanal dye extraction procedures by describing raw materials, processes, tools, and tools.

CE2.2 Describe traditional artisan wood-based colouring techniques by linking them to the nature and extent of wood absorption and relating them to materials, tools and tools, as well as work safety and environmental measures.

CE2.3 Describe base coloring systems using chemical oxidation processes.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario of application of water-based dyeing processes, from wood parts and a given project, applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Identify and apply workplace and environmental security measures throughout the process.

-Determine the process of coloring to be used in each wood, identifying the characteristics of each piece.

-Hug the timbers in a homogeneous way.

-Apply the different base-tinged artisan processes, as determined for each piece.

-Check the homogeneity of the dyeing.

-Ensure the order and cleanliness and preservation of the tools, tools, and work zone at the end of the process.

C3: Apply wood pore sealing procedures for pieces of musical instruments, from the manufacture of the tapapores, and according to a project, with quality and safety criteria.

CE3.1 Describe the process of making the tapapores, identifying raw materials, procedures to follow, useful, tools to use, as well as the work and environmental safety measures to be applied.

CE3.2 Identify the artisan process of sealing wood from musical instruments, describing the procedures for application of tapapores and polishing, sequence of operations, tools and tools to be used, as well as the measures of occupational and environmental security to be applied.

CE3.3 Describe the polishing processes of the printed surfaces, justifying the sequence of operations, the useful tools and tools, and the work and environmental security measures to be used.

CE3.4 In a practical scenario of sealing the pore of pieces of musical instruments, from a plan of elaboration of a given project, applying the measures of occupational safety and environmental:

-Recognize in the plan the indications about the sealing process.

-Prepare raw materials, useful to use.

-Manufacture the tapapores by diluting the base varnish and complying with the work safety and environmental measures.

-Apply the tapapores by ensuring a homogeneous primer and complying with the work and environmental safety measures.

-Check the quality of the print using visual control.

-Polishing the surfaces, checking the quality of the result.

-Ensure the order and cleanliness and preservation of the tools, tools, and work zone at the end of the process.

C4: Apply traditional techniques of varnishing and polishing of musical instruments, from construction projects, with quality and safety criteria.

CE4.1 Citar the types of varnish to be applied according to its purpose, describe the techniques to be executed in each case and identifying the useful, tools and measures of occupational safety and environmental to be used.

CE4.2 Describe the traditional polish technique by identifying the procedures, tools, tools, and work and environmental security measures to be used.

CE4.3 In a practical case of varnish and polish pieces of musical instruments, from a given project, applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Apply the base varnish according to the traditional layer succession technique.

-Apply the tinted varnish according to the traditional technique.

-Apply the base varnish on the tinted varnish.

-Perform the polish process.

-Perform visual and tactile quality control after each application.

-Perform operations in compliance with workplace and environmental security measures.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.4 and CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.4; C3 with respect to CE3.4; C4 with respect to CE4.3.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Prove a good professional.

Finish the job within the set deadlines.

Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Interpret and execute instructions for the elaboration plans.

Respect company procedures and rules.

Use time and effort to extend knowledge and supplemental information for use in your work.

Demonstrate interest in the broad knowledge of the artisan organization and its processes.

Demonstrate responsibility for successes and failures and failures.

Respect the internal procedures and rules of the artisan company.

Habit with the work rhythm of the artisan company.

Contents:

1. Traditional drawing of base varnish for musical instruments

Determination of varnishes.

Selection of resins and solvents.

Fragmentation procedures.

Cooking and filtering processes.

Regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks: protection systems and containment systems.

2. Wood-based dyeing for musical instruments

dye extraction systems.

dye application processes.

Base coloring with chemical processes.

Safety, protection, hygiene and containment measures: regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

3. Preparation of tapapores for musical instruments

Traditional processing processes.

Traditional tapapore and polishing techniques.

Measures for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks: regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

Quality verification.

4. Traditional varnishing for musical instruments

Application systems.

Polish processes.

Coloring systems.

Regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks: regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Multipurpose Classroom of at least 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

90 m² musical instrument construction workshop.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the manufacture and application of the artisanal form of dyes and varnishes for musical instruments, which will be accredited by one of the following forms:

-Academic training of Licentiated/a, degree of equivalent degree or of other higher levels related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 7: MOUNTING AND FINISHING OF OLD PULSED STRING INSTRUMENTS

Level: 3

Code: MF1861_3

Associated with UC: Mount and finish the old string of pulsed string

Duration: 30 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Apply pin-fitting techniques and pin-hole drills of old pulsed string instruments from design and construction projects, with quality and safety criteria.

CE1.1 Describe the operation of the types of pegs used in old pulsed string instruments by relating them to their function of fastening and tuning the instrument strings.

CE1.2 Describe fitting techniques for pins to the pin, specifying the technique, materials, tools, and tools and relating them to the security and quality of the operations.

CE1.3 In a practical scenario, implementing techniques for adjusting pegs and pins of old instruments of pulsed rope, from a given project and applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Adjust the fustes of the pegs taking into account their conicity.

-Adjust the pins of the pin by verifying the housing of the pegs.

-Puff and cut the pegs, maintaining their alignment and taper.

-Perform the string enclosure drills by verifying the integrity of the part.

-Lubing the pegs using specific materials.

-Verify the quality of operations with the established instruments.

C2: Apply techniques and procedures for the elaboration and slotted of old-string instruments from design and construction projects, with criteria of quality and safety.

CE2.1 Describe materials for the production of eyebrow of old string pulsed instruments relating to their quality, handling difficulties and durability.

CE2.2 Describe techniques and procedures for making an eyebrow of the old string instrument by linking them with tools, tools, and materials.

CE2.3 In a practical scenario, applying techniques and procedures for adjusting and slotting the eyebrow of old instruments of pulsed rope, from a given project and applying the measures of occupational safety and environmental design, profiling, ranching and polishing of the eyebrow, verifying the quality of the operations with the established instruments.

C3: Apply techniques and procedures for the entrastate of old pulsed string instruments, from design and construction projects, with quality and safety criteria.

CE3.1 Describe techniques and procedures for the entrastate of ancient instruments of pulsed rope by linking it with tools, tools and materials.

CE3.2 Describe systems and rules for calculating the storage division for an old, pulsed string instrument.

CE3.3 In a practical application of techniques and procedures for the entrastate of old instruments of pulsed rope, starting from a mast of a vibrant length of a given string, and applying the measures of occupational safety and environmental:

-Calculate the storage division.

-Make your markup.

-Calculate the thicknesses.

-Make your bound.

C4: Apply cordage and acoustic test techniques of old pulsed string instruments, from design and construction projects, with quality and safety criteria.

CE4.1 Describe the affinations in ancient instruments of pulsed string, relating them to the historical evolution of the instrument and the repertoire.

CE4.2 Describe the calculation of string thicknesses by relating it to the tuning of the old pulsed string instrument, the string tension, and the material thereof.

CE4.3 In a practical scenario of the cordage of an old pulsed string instrument, place the strings and fine-tune the instrument.

CE4.4 In a practical application of the application of techniques for the cordage of old instruments of pulsed rope, from an instrument without a cordage, and applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Select the strings by calculating their thicknesses.

-Mount the strings in the instrument.

-Refine the instrument.

-Verify the absences of cerdeans, ceceos, and trastles, correcting them in their case.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.3; C2 with respect to CE2.3; C3 with respect to CE3.3; C4 with respect to CE4.3 and CE4.4.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Prove a good professional.

Finish the job within the set deadlines.

Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Respect company procedures and rules.

Use time and effort to extend knowledge and supplemental information for use in your work.

Demonstrate interest in the broad knowledge of the artisan organization and its processes.

Demonstrate responsibility for successes and failures and failures.

Respect the internal procedures and rules of the artisan company.

Habit with the work rhythm of the artisan company.

Contents:

1. Techniques and procedures for assembling and finishing pegs, pins and eyebrows of old pulsed rope instruments

Techniques and procedures for fitting pins and drills of the pin of old instruments of pulsed rope: types of pins.

Adjustment and verification procedures. Pin Lubricants.

Techniques and procedures for producing and grosling eyebrows of old instruments of pulsed rope: Materials. Calculation of calibers and thicknesses.

2. Techniques and procedures for entrastate and encordage of old pulsed rope instruments

Techniques and procedures for the entrastment of old instruments of pulsed rope: rules for calculation of distribution of storage in the day of old instruments of pulsed rope. Storage materials. Entrastate procedures.

Techniques and procedures for the cordage of old instruments of pulsed rope: calculation of string thicknesses.

Acoustic test of old string instruments: detection and correction of fencing, ceceos and storage.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Multipurpose Classroom of at least 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

90 m² musical instrument construction workshop.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the assembly and finishing of old pulsed string instruments, which will be accredited by one of the following ways:

-Academic training of Licentiated/a, degree of equivalent degree or of other higher levels related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 8: ORGANIZATION OF THE PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITY OF A CRAFT WORKSHOP

Level: 2

Code: MF1690_2

Associate with UC: Organize the Professional Activity of a Craft Workshop

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Determine the project of an artisan workshop taking into account its market viability plan.

CE1.1 Describe the process of drawing up the project of an artisan workshop taking into account the financing and amortization formulas of the proposed investment.

CE1.2 Develop the feasibility project of the artisan workshop taking into account the project of an artisan company.

CE1.3 Define the artisan production of the workshop in the view of the business project and the feasibility plan.

CE1.4 Define the corporate image of the workshop, taking into account the feasibility plan through descriptions, drawings, and other graphic techniques.

C2: Set up the artisan workshop space, tools, machinery and jobs, taking into account the regulations governing work activity and safety and hygiene at work.

CE2.1 Identify the areas of a craftsman workshop by using them according to productive needs and which guarantee the storage conditions of raw materials and processed products taking into account the regulations in force in safety and hygiene at work.

CE2.2 Define the relationship of jobs needed for the production process of the workshop taking into account labor regulations.

CE2.3 Select the endowment of tools and machinery to ensure the different production processes of the artisan workshop taking into account the business project of the workshop.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario: organize and distribute the machinery according to work areas from a given plane and taking into account the regulations that regulate labor activity and safety and hygiene at work.

CE2.5 In a practical scenario, check the safety conditions of the machinery taking into account the user manuals and the regulations on safety and hygiene at work.

C3: Define and develop a plan for tax and grant application obligations taking into account the current labor and tax regulations at the site of the artisan workshop.

CE3.1 Identify the necessary documentation at the local, regional and state level for the implementation of an artisan workshop, taking into account current fiscal and labor regulations to initiate economic activity.

CE3.2 Recognize grants and public subsidies at local, regional or state level to request in time and form all possible aids for the artisan workshops, taking into account the requirements and deadlines required on each request.

CE3.3 Define employment recruitment needs to cover production expectations taking into account the business plan.

CE3.4 Rate bonuses for employment regulations for hiring workers taking into account the needs raised in the business plan.

CE3.5 In a practical scenario: to carry out a schedule of obligations for the realization of all payments and labor contributions, taking into account the timetable of the taxes on the workshops and artisans Social Security contributions.

C4: Define a one-piece or series budget to be made to decide economic viability by taking into account all production costs.

CE4.1 Rate the consumption of raw materials, tools, auxiliary media, and energy for the production of the budget of the part or series to be produced.

CE4.2 In a practical scenario: calculate and incorporate in a budget the labor costs used in the elaboration of a part or series to impact them on the final price of the product.

CE4.3 In a practical scenario: identify and include in the budget the costs of presentation, packaging, and transport to be passed on to the final price of the product.

CE4.4 In a practical scenario: determine and include the proportional costs of the general maintenance and amortization costs of the workshop and the added value of the product of the part or series to be produced for impact on the final price of the product.

C5: Determine the supply of supplies to supply an expected production taking into account needs and stocks.

CE5.1 In a practical scenario: realize the supply forecast of raw materials, the auxiliary media, the tools and the tools and the fuel to supply the intended production in a workshop.

CE5.2 In a practical scenario: accounting for and inventory of raw material stocks, ancillary means, tools and tools, and fuel taking into account the need to keep the inventory up to date. Artisan workshop.

CE5.3 In a practical scenario: to record in an orderly manner in a database the suppliers of raw materials, the auxiliary means, the tools and tools and the fuel of an artisan workshop taking into account their features and other singularities that identify them.

CE5.4 In a practical scenario: placing orders for raw materials, tools and tools and fuel to ensure the production of a workshop taking into account the characteristics of the materials, the quantities and the delivery times to avoid shortages in the activity of the artisan workshop.

C6: Define a sales plan for artisan products, taking into account distribution and marketing channels.

CE6.1 Analyze and compare merchandising options taking into account product characteristics and production capacity.

CE6.2 In a practical scenario: develop a plan of presentation of artisan products for the market taking into account the marketing formula selected for sale.

CE6.3 In a practical scenario: track the business results by taking into account sales and product acceptance.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C2 with respect to CE2.4 and CE2.5; C3 with respect to CE3.5; C4 with respect to CE4.2, CE4.3 and CE4.4; C5 with respect to CE5.1, CE.5.2, CE5.3 and CE5.4; C6 with respect to CE6.2 and CE6.3.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Finish the job within the set deadlines.

Contents:

1. Regulations for artisan workshops

Labour regulations for self-employed workers as a formula for self-employment in artisan workshops.

Labor regulations for hiring employees in workshops.

Fiscal regulations for micropayments applicable to artisan workshops.

2. Administrative and commercial management of an artisan workshop

Company accounting in the management of artisan workshops.

Assessment of raw material consumption, tools, auxiliary media, energy and labor in an artisan workshop.

Artisan product inventory systems.

Security stock.

Marketing and commercial image items.

3. Safety and hygiene in the work applicable to the craft sector

Safety and hygiene regulations in the work related to craft workshops. Toxicity and dangerousness of the artisan products.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Multipurpose Classroom of at least 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Mastery of knowledge and techniques related to the organization of the professional activity of a craft workshop, which will be accredited by one of the following forms:

-Academic training of Diplomacy, degree of equivalent degree or of other higher levels related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX DLXII

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: PROJECT AND CRAFT-MAKING OF ARC MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

Professional Family: Arts and Crafts

Level: 3

Code: ART562_3

General Competition

Building arch musical instruments, according to their own or pre-existing models, developing and executing the project of design and artisanal construction, with artistic criteria, in conditions of work safety and protection With a guarantee of an artisan quality, organizing the professional activity of the artisan workshop.

Competition Units

UC1853_3: Develop the design and craft construction project of string musical instruments.

UC1854_3: Select and store timbers for building artisan musical instruments.

UC1862_3: Craft the arc musical instrument pieces.

UC1863_3: Craft and assemble the pieces of the arc musical instrument.

UC1857_3: Craft and apply handcrafted dyes and varnishes for musical instruments.

UC1690_2: Organize the professional activity of a craft workshop.

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its own professional activity as an independent professional in a company or cooperative partnership; for others in companies and workshops of a craft and artistic nature, whether they are public and private, related to the professional field linked to the production of string musical instruments.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the artisan sector related to the subsector of the production, repair and maintenance of musical instruments in general or of musical instruments of arc in particular.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

Arc Musical Instrument Builder.

Luthier of arc musical instruments.

Associated Training (870 hours)

Training Modules

MF1853_3: Design and craft construction projects for string musical instruments. (150 hours)

MF1854_3: Maderas for building artisans ' musical instruments. (60 hours)

MF1862_3: Craft-crafted pieces of arc musical instruments. (270 hours)

MF1863_3: Assembly and handcrafted assembly of pieces of arc musical instruments. (240 hours)

MF1857_3: Tinted and crafted handcrafted musical instruments. (90 hours)

MF1690_2: Organization of the professional activity of a craft workshop. (60 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: DEVELOP THE DESIGN AND CRAFT CONSTRUCTION PROJECT OF STRING MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

Level: 3

Code: UC1853_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Get information on string musical instruments related to historical background, materials, techniques and processes, demands of the musician or client, for their use in the definition of the design project and craft construction.

CR 1.1 The documentation related to artistic and aesthetic trends, and to the technical and functional characteristics of the musical string instrument is identified, classified and archived considering its contribution to the definition of the project specifications to be evaluated.

CR 1.2 Information regarding pre-existing models is collected by photographs, drawings and drawings, among others, for further analysis.

the information referred to the technical, mechanical and acoustic characteristics is obtained through specialized studies and professional information, among others, for analysis and employment in the definition of project.

CR 1.4 The information referred to the client's demands is obtained by direct relation and taking into account their needs, in order to develop the project according to their requirements.

CR 1.5 The documentation relating to artistic and technical projects of its own or other professionals, where appropriate, is identified, classified and archived considering its contribution to the definition of the instrument's specifications string musical to be evaluated.

RP 2: Define the formal, aesthetic, technical, mechanical-acoustic and material specifications of string musical instruments by evaluating the collected information, to determine their design.

CR 2.1 The formal specifications of the model to be reproduced are defined from the analysis and evaluation of the information collected to obtain the maximum fidelity to the reference.

CR 2.2 The formal specifications of the personal model are defined from the analysis and evaluation of the information collected, to improve the design of the musical instrument.

CR 2.3 The aesthetic, technical, material, mechanical-acoustic and functional characteristics are defined by considering the information analyzed to conform to the client's criteria or demands.

CR 2.4 The characteristics of the materials (wood) are defined taking into account their aesthetics, quality, hardness, functionality, degree of drying, regulations on environmental management to meet the criteria of author or demands of the client.

RP 3: Determine the shape and structure of the string musical instrument by performing drawings, drawings, and templates at 1: 1 scale from the defined formal and symbolic-aesthetic specifications, employing graphic techniques and Manual and computer representation systems to be used as an element of presentation, and assessment in decision making, as well as to serve as a guide in the elaboration process.

CR 3.1 The formal and symbolic-aesthetic characteristics of the string musical instrument are represented by graphic techniques to be used as a guide in the elaboration process.

CR 3.2 The defined constructive solutions are represented by standardized, manual or computer graphic techniques to be used in the process of elaboration as a guide and as an element of verification.

CR 3.3 The shapes and dimensions of the elements that constitute the musical instrument of string are represented at scale by planes to realize the forecast and subsequent preparation of consumption, to elaborate templates and to be used as a guide in the processing process.

RP 4: Define the drawing plan of the string musical instrument from its specifications by determining the phases, times and procedures of quality control and safety to ensure the execution in the expected conditions.

CR 4.1 The elaboration phases are defined taking into account the defined specifications and the craft processes of elaboration to optimize the times and resources.

CR 4.2 The times are determined from the estimate of the operations of each phase, taking into account previous experience, to ensure compliance with the agreed deadlines with the client.

CR 4.3 Quality and safety control procedures throughout the process of development are set out in the plan defining instruments and control elements and measures of occupational and environmental safety to avoid risks and ensure the conditions of the intended musical instrument.

RP 5: Document the design and craft construction project of the musical string instrument, incorporating the decisions about its characteristics, materials, techniques, economic conditions, elaboration plan, to guarantee their execution.

CR 5.1 Prior analysis is incorporated into the project by attaching the textual and graphical information used to document this phase and serve as a reference in subsequent projects.

CR 5.2 Previous ideas are integrated into the project by incorporating drawings, schemas, or texts to document the decision-making phase.

CR 5.3 The selected materials are specified in the project specifying their raw qualities and dimensions to be taken into account when calculating the economic conditions of the project.

CR 5.4 The economic conditions are incorporated into the project through the elaboration of the budget, defining from the forecast of consumption of materials, auxiliary means and the expected labor and its cost for its presentation and in case approval by the client.

CR 5.5 The phases, deadlines and processes of quality control and safety are incorporated into the project through the elaboration plan, to serve as a guide in the elaboration and supervision of the musical instrument of rope and as a commitment of delivery at the time set.

Professional context:

Production media:

Specialized and professional information on string musical instruments. Graphic techniques. Systems of representation. Materials and useful for graphic representation. Drawing and measuring tools (king foot, rules, squads, cards, compas, among others). Hardware and software.

Products and results:

Information about string musical instruments identified, analyzed, evaluated, archived and classified. Specifications of the musical instrument defined. Sketches. Drawings. Flat. Templates at scale 1:1. Characteristics of graphically defined string musical instruments. Economic budget. Preparation plan. Design and construction project.

Information used or generated:

Project design and construction of string musical instruments. Preparation plan. Models. Templates. Technical data sheets for wood characteristics. Means of selection of woods. Regulations on occupational and environmental risks. Regulations on timber and other protected materials CITES (Convention International Trade in Endangered Species) among others.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: SELECT AND STORE TIMBERS FOR BUILDING ARTISANS ' MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

Level: 3

Code: UC1854_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Acquire the timbers for musical instruments by selecting them according to the function, dimensions, and mechanical characteristics of the pieces in which it is to be transformed, to proceed to its conditioning and storage.

CR 1.1 The wood is selected visually and to the touch and by means of tools (brushes and scrapes) the waste zones, rajas, reversed, repeat and knots, among others to value its quality.

CR 1.2 Wood is selected taking into account its age, degree of drying, quality, type of cut, physical qualities (hardness and colouring), linearity, widths and vetoes changes to assess its application to the pieces of the wood. musical instrument.

CR 1.3 The wood is acquired by selecting it based on the commercial types used in the construction of musical instruments and checking its origin to ensure compliance with the protection regulations. environmental.

CR 1.4 The timbers are selected taking into account the formal characteristics of the usual builder models and their sourcing needs, to verify their usefulness and the maintenance of the builder.

RP 2: Classify wood for musical instruments based on their commercial denomination, purpose, physical and aesthetic qualities to keep inventory up to date.

CR 2.1 The wood is identified from its visual and tactile examination, checking its commercial denomination and quality, to ensure its availability and adequacy to the needs established in the project.

CR 2.2 Wood is classified by valuing its aesthetic, mechanical and dimensional qualities to enable and facilitate its selection based on project specifications.

CR 2.3 The wood types are grouped, taking into account their use in the parts that make up the musical instruments, their commercial denomination, quality, degree of drying and stability, to facilitate the elaboration of the inventory.

RP 3: Store and inventory pieces of wood for musical instruments, applying the established procedures, to ensure their quality, availability, conditions of use and work safety and environmental.

CR 3.1 Wood is stored in the form of cross-stacking, cross-stacking, collandes, among other systems, ensuring air circulation to ensure homogeneous drying and avoid deterioration.

CR 3.2 Wood testas are sealed if applicable, waterproofing them to avoid straws.

CR 3.3 The warehouse is organized according to types, function, qualities and drying, among other considerations, to facilitate the location and availability of the woods.

CR 3.4 Occupational and environmental safety is ensured by implementing the measures laid down in the regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks related to materials, tools and storage operations woods to avoid risks.

CR 3.5 The inventory is made by quantifying the timbers, identifying the commercial designation date of acquisition and supplier, among other data, taking into account the CITES regulations (Convention International Trade in Endangered Species), to enable functional management of the warehouse and to determine stocks and shortages.

CR 3.6 The inventory is managed using manual or database computer systems to keep it up to date.

Professional context:

Production media:

Manual and digital database systems. Warehouse. Paints, tails, paraffin, among others, for the sealing of wood testas. Measurement tools and templates. Brush and scratch to assess the tonality of the woods and possible defects.

Products and results:

Timber acquired, selected, classified, prepared for drying, stored and inventoried.

Information used or generated:

CITES Regulations (Convention International Trade in Endangered Species). Commercial catalogues of wood for musical instruments. Production forecasts for musical instruments. Wood handbooks. Regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks related to timber storage.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: CRAFT THE ARCING MUSICAL INSTRUMENT PIECES

Level: 3

Code: UC1862_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Make the moulds, from the templates, as set out in the project of the musical instrument of arc, in conditions of work safety and environmental protection to elaborate and assemble the contour of the box harmonica with quality assurance.

CR 1.1 The moulds are made on rigid supports such as wood, methacrylate, among others to ensure the stability of the parts during the contour construction process.

CR 1.2 The drawing of the outline is moved by the template on the support with fine line to facilitate the precision of the cut.

CR 1.3 The silhouette drawn on the support is trimmed with uniformity and keeping the cut perpendicular, and leaving the stroke visible to facilitate its subsequent profiling.

CR 1.4 The profiling is performed with respect to the layout and keeping the right angle in its entire path, to ensure the perpendicularity in the contour with respect to the plane of the lids.

CR 1.5 The boxes corresponding to all the assembly points are made on the profiled contour, to fix the cleats that attach the girdles to each other.

CR 1.6 Data as a model date and type, among others, are permanently written or written to allow mold identification in subsequent jobs.

CR 1.7 The procedures for making the moulds are executed after selection, preparation and conditioning of the materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process their instructions for use, for ensure the artisan quality of the result and prevent occupational and environmental risks.

CR 1.8 Compliance with established specifications is verified by means of measurement and visual control to ensure the quality of the product.

RP 2: Build the outline of the harmonica box by making girdles and tacos, using the techniques and procedures established in the project of the musical instrument of arc, in conditions of occupational safety and environmental protection, to join the bottom and cover with quality assurance.

CR 2.1 Fajas thicknesses are calibrated using brushes and blades, among others, to conform to the measures defined in the project.

CR 2.2 The wood sheets calibrated in thickness are cut, taking into account the curling to achieve the aesthetic specifications determined in the project.

CR 2.3 The bonding cleats are cut to the pit to avoid breakage in the process of dismounting the mold and finishing the taco.

CR 2.4 The wetted straws are cured by applying heat to suit the shape of the mold.

CR 2.5 The curved girdles are wrapped on the bonding cleats to shape the contour.

CR 2.6 Fajas and taco processing techniques and procedures are performed prior to the selection, preparation and conditioning of the materials, tools, tools and personal protective equipment, respecting during the process. their instructions for use, to ensure the artisan quality of the result and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

CR 2.7 Compliance with established specifications is verified by measuring instruments, visual control to ensure product quality.

RP 3: Build the bottom with fillets and realce, using the techniques and procedures established in the project of the musical instrument of arc, in conditions of occupational safety and environmental protection, to ensure their union to the contour of the harmonic box.

CR 3.1 The bottom, two half-wrapped or one-piece halves, is drawn with the girdles, increasing in their contour the flight of the edge, and the top button, to determine the thickness of the edge in all its perimeter.

CR 3.2 The outer vault of the bottom is cut using the drill system or grooves, ending with a tooth brush, blade and carving tools, controlling possible irregularities with the Level curve compas, to verify interior emptying.

CR 3.3 The inner vaulted bottom is gubled with gubia in its interior using as a system of record drills or grooves that determine the configuration of the vault, to obtain the thicknesses established in the project.

CR 3.4 Flat funds, in the case of some models of flaps and violas da gamba and d ` amore, among others, are reinforced by the bars, breaking on their top depending on their size, to avoid rajas or unwrapped in the longitudinal joints.

CR 3.5 The fillets are encased and wrap in channels that parallel the background silhouette to reinforce and ornament it.

CR 3.6 The edges are enhanced by carving a light bocel, from the edge that determines the rounded edge and diffuses on the surface of the vault in the entire silhouette, to give it the beauty according to the tradition.

CR 3.7 The techniques and procedures for the preparation of the fund are carried out after the selection, preparation and conditioning of the materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process their instructions for use, for ensure the artisan quality of the result and prevent occupational and environmental risks.

CR 3.8 Compliance with established specifications is verified by measuring instruments, visual control to ensure product quality.

RP 4: Build the harmonic cap with efes, bar, fillets and enhancement, using the techniques and procedures established in the project of the musical instrument of arc in conditions of work safety and environmental protection, for ensure their quality and ensure their attachment to the outline of the harmonic box.

CR 4.1 The harmonic cap, of two abet halves forming a single radial table, is drawn with the girdles, increasing in its contour the flight of the edge and is trimmed to determine the thickness of the edge in all its perimeter.

CR 4.2 The vault is cut using the drill or groove recording system, ending with a tooth brush, blade and carving tools, controlling possible irregularities with the curve of the holes. level, to verify internal emptying.

CR 4.3 The inner emptying is exposed with gubia using the drill system that determines the configuration of the vault, to obtain the thicknesses established in the project.

CR 4.4 The effes are plotted, caled, and profiled, starting from the axis, to ensure the accuracy of their location and symmetry, according to the project.

CR 4.5 The edges are enhanced by carving a light bocel, from the edge of the edge that is diffused on the surface of the vault, and on the pallets of the efes, in the entire silhouette, according to the tradition.

CR 4.6 The harmonic bar is coupled and queued in the left foot zone of the bridge to reinforce the severe log.

CR 4.7 The cutting, brushing, and aquillado tools are selected taking into account the structure of the spruce and the hardness inequality in their growth rings, to obtain regular surfaces, profiles and thicknesses.

CR 4.8 The techniques and procedures for the preparation of the harmonic cap are executed after selection, preparation and conditioning of the materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process their instructions use, to ensure the artisan quality of the result and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

RP 5: Develop the piece formed by pin and volute, by means of carving techniques, according to the model established in the project of artistic design of the musical instrument of arc, in conditions of work safety and protection environmental, to achieve the intended sculpture and assemble it into the box.

CR 5.1 The pin and volute handle assembly is broken into a piece of maple, by tilling and regruesing according to the project, to plot the volute and axis of symmetry.

CR 5.2 The volute is plotted on its two opposite faces, from the pin area to the center of the spiral, to serve as a guide when cutting and starting its sculpture.

CR 5.3 The sculpture of the volute is done by unloading the leftover wood, by means of cuts of serrucho tangents to the spiral, ending with gubes of different profiles, in order to give it to the volute.

CR 5.4 The volute is decorated with a chaflan from the center button to the exterior face of the pin, and a double bocel, carved from the start of the pin to its rear face, to endow the instrument with the personal imprint of the luthier.

CR 5.5 The pin is emptied with carving tools, to hold the pegs in the corresponding drills.

CR 5.6 Size techniques are performed prior to the selection, preparation and conditioning of materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process their instructions for use, to ensure the quality of the craft the result and prevent occupational and environmental risks.

CR 5.7 Compliance with established specifications is verified by measuring instruments, visual control to ensure product quality.

RP 6: Build the beater and cejilla in ebony wood, using the techniques established in the project of the musical instrument of arc, in conditions of occupational safety and environmental protection to guarantee its quality and durability.

CR 6.1 The brushing of the trapezoidal planes and the beater curve is performed using a reference to the white temperature in contrast to the dark ebony, in order to guarantee the reliability of the operation.

CR 6.2 The curvature is rectified with a blade and brush, following the strokes of its testas, to adjust the curvature in line with the cejilla and the bridge.

CR 6.3 The cejilla is made of ebony, bone or ivory wood among others, from the upper curve of the whisk, increasing its height, to allow stable support of the ropes.

CR 6.4 Beater and cejilla construction techniques are performed prior to the selection, preparation and conditioning of materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process their instructions for use, for ensure the artisan quality of the result and prevent occupational and environmental risks.

CR 6.5 Compliance with established specifications is verified by measuring instruments, visual control to ensure product quality.

Professional context:

Production media:

Drawing, measuring, and drawing tools. Bank of Luthier. Escantilchairs and insoles. Spindle press. Turnstiles. Tweezers for gluing. Adhesive tapes. Cutting and lace tools (serruchos, saws, knives among others). Profiling tools (scotines, limes, scrape blades, curved brushes, cork supports, medium-grain and fine-grained lids among others). Tools for carving, fitting, adjusting and modeling (formons, picks, gubes among others). Tools for brushing and making joints (garlopa, brushes, among others). Machinery and useful for sharpening and roasting the edge (motor with stone, polishing, stones to oil or water, other). Around with universal dish. Electric plates of curvar girdles. Milling machine. Woods (ebony, boj, willow, fir, among others).

Products and results:

Molds. Tacos. Giras. Contour of the harmonic box. Background. Cap. Fillets. Enhancement. Harmonica bar. Efes. Sculpture of the mango, pin and volute. Beater. Cejilla.

Information used or generated:

Project. Templates. Designs and drawings. Photographs. Table of measures. Technical sheets. Technical instructions for tools, tools and machinery. Supplier tabs. Regulations on occupational hazards and environmental management.

COMPETITION UNIT 4: ASSEMBLE AND CRAFT THE ARCING MUSICAL INSTRUMENT PIECES

Level: 3

Code: UC1863_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Build the counter-belts, according to the techniques and procedures established in the project of the musical instrument of arch, adjusting them to the curvacatures of the girdles and to fill them, in conditions of work safety and environmental protection to increase the cap and bottom sizing surface.

CR 1.1 The slats of the counter, made in soft woods such as willow or spruce, among others, are cut, according to the measures specified in the project, using cutting tools, to proceed to their later adjustment and curving.

CR 1.2 The counter-straws are hot-cured, wetting them slightly, to fit them and adapt them to the inner curving of the girdles.

CR 1.3 Counter-cards are rounded and polished on your outer face, using knives, limes and lids, among other useful ones, to ensure a clean and functional finish.

CR 1.4 The counter-wafers are wrapped, using hot tails, among others, in the case of a cat or a cat, verifying its stability, in order to guarantee a firm and homogeneous union.

CR 1.5 The construction techniques and procedures of the counter-belts are carried out after the selection, preparation and conditioning of the materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process their instructions use, to ensure the artisan quality of the result and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

CR 1.6 Compliance with established specifications is verified by measuring instruments, visual control to ensure product quality.

RP 2: Perform the closure of the harmonic box, according to the techniques and procedures established in the project of the musical instrument of arc, in conditions of occupational safety and environmental protection to guarantee a union of quality and proceed to the completion of the harmonic box.

CR 2.1 The background sizing process is secured by wood nails in the upper and lower median to prevent slide of the pieces.

CR 2.2 The homogeneous union of the pieces is guaranteed by applying tail on both surfaces, previously heated and placing the bottom on the girdles by exerting the pressure with cats around the whole piece, to guarantee the homogeneity and stability of the assembly.

CR 2.3 The mold is extracted, once the union of girdles and bottom is dried, detaching it with the help of spatulas to avoid deformations, damage and defects.

CR 2.4 The harmonic cap is queued once the inner surfaces of the harmonic box are finished, to ensure a quality, clean and project-adjusted work.

CR 2.5 The techniques and procedures for the filling of lids are carried out prior to the selection, preparation and conditioning of the materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process their instructions for use, ensure the artisan quality of the result and prevent occupational and environmental risks.

RP 3: Perform the adjustment and assembly of the handle and the lower portion of the arc musical instrument, using the techniques and procedures established in the project, ensuring a homogeneous union of the pieces to ensure the performance and acoustic performance of the instrument.

CR 3.1 The joining of the pieces is achieved by encastre (or lace) in trapezoidal box to reinforce the attachment and to favor the strength of the bond.

CR 3.2 The steady and homogeneous union of the parts is guaranteed by heating them, once the handle is adjusted in the case, applying hot tail and pressure on the surfaces and avoiding damage in the parts with the use of protection, to ensure quality assembly.

CR 3.3 The nut sculpture and handle termination is performed with formons, gubes, limes and lijas knives, among others, and once the tail is dry, to ensure safety in operations.

CR 3.4 The lower portion is made with hard materials such as ebony, boj or bone, among others, and is queued in the lower median box of the front lid, to ensure the pressure resistance exerted by the strings.

CR 3.5 Working tools and tools are used in compliance with the instructions for use, cleaning and maintenance to ensure their conservation and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

CR 3.6 The work area is kept clean and tidy, to allow for the quick localization and inventory of materials, auxiliary media, tools and tools.

CR 3.7 The process of adjusting and assembling the handle and the cejilla is done with the artisan quality criteria set out in the project to achieve the intended result.

CR 3.8 The process of adjusting and assembling the handle and the cejilla is done by applying the established labor and environmental security measures to avoid labor and environmental risks.

RP 4: Adjust the conicity of the pegs and the pin to each other, the enclosure of the button or the pin and the pegs, according to the measures and by means of the techniques and procedures defined in the project of the musical instrument arc, to ensure a homogeneous and smooth coupling to the turn.

CR 4.1 The pin cones are made with the reamer to obtain a smooth and tight inner surface.

CR 4.2 The pin cone is performed using the pin adjuster to obtain the homogeneous measurements and adjustments, which are reviewed in the project.

CR 4.3 The pegs are packed with pin paste to avoid grabbing and favor a smooth, tensile-resistant turn that produces the strings.

CR 4.4 The button and the pica adjust in the same way as the pins to obtain a full and sturdy coupling.

CR 4.5 Adjustment techniques and procedures are performed prior to the selection, preparation and conditioning of materials, tools, tools, respecting during the process their instructions for use, to ensure quality artesana of the result and prevent occupational and environmental risks.

CR 4.6 Compliance with established specifications is verified by measuring instruments, visual control to ensure the quality of the settings.

RP 5: Develop and locate the soul, using the techniques, procedures and measures established in the project of the musical instrument of arc, in conditions of work safety and environmental to guarantee its homogeneous coupling in the The inside of the harmonic box.

CR 5.1 The function of the soul is secured, starting the fir bar by its natural grain and giving it cylindrical shape, with the fiber perpendicular to the vein of the harmonic cap, to ensure the stability of the location.

CR 5.2 The soul is placed through the "efe", using the "iron of the soul" or "almero", adjusting it with sufficient pressure to the inner surfaces of lids and bottom, to obtain a homogeneous and firm coupling.

CR 5.3 The techniques and procedures for the preparation, location and adjustment of the soul are executed after selection, preparation and conditioning of the materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process their instructions for use, to ensure the artisan quality of the result and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

CR 5.4 Compliance with established specifications is verified by measuring instruments, visual control to ensure product quality.

RP 6: Perform the end of the arc musical instrument, adapting the feet of the bridge, performing the acoustic test, adjusting the height of the ropes on the diapason and polishing the inner and outer surfaces, for ensure the sound and aesthetic outcome defined in the project.

CR 6.1 The feet of the bridge are adapted to the outer vault of the instrument, using forks and knives, among others, to obtain a homogeneous and firm contact of the surfaces.

CR 6.2 The heights of the strings on the beater, mounted from the cordal to the pegs and supported on the bridge and the cejilla, conform to the measures defined in the project, using limes and saws, among others, for ensure the acoustics, the facility of use of the instrument and the ergonomic specifications laid down in the project.

CR 6.3 The external and internal parts of the bridge are adjusted to their thickness based on their density, using knives and limes, among others, to obtain the aesthetic, acoustic and quality result.

CR 6.4 The acoustic test of the instrument is performed once mounted with its strings and tuned, checking the prompt response in all the tesitura, sound balance between the ropes, quality of its doorbell and volume, proceeding Further adjustments concerning the placement of the soul and the affination of the bridge, and the removal of possible "wolves", to ensure the final acoustic quality of the instrument.

CR 6.5 The process of terminating the musical instrument is executed after selection, preparation and conditioning of the materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process its instructions for use, for ensure the artisan quality of the result and prevent occupational and environmental risks.

CR 6.6 Compliance with established specifications is verified by measuring instruments, visual control to ensure product quality.

Professional context:

Production media:

Job Bank. Scarier. Pin adjuster. Knives. Formons. Gubias. Limes. Rules. Calibers. Lijas. Oils. Woods. Bridges. Cordales. Cordal fasteners. Buttons. Pegs. Pics. Souls. Iron of the soul. Dentist mirrors. Bone. Woods (ebony, boj, willow, fir, among others). Queues. Cats. Presillas. Wooden nails. Ropes.

Products and results:

Contrafajas. Harmonic box closure. Handle and handle assembly and adjustment. Pin and pin conicity adjustment, button or pica housing and tight pegs. Soul. Location and soul adjustment. Bridge setting and location. Cejillas. Instrument polishing. Assembly and termination of Instruments. String assembly. Acoustic tests.

Information used or generated:

Project. Templates. Designs and drawings. Photographs. Table of measures. Technical sheets. Technical instructions for tools, tools and machinery. Supplier tabs. Regulations on occupational hazards and environmental management.

COMPETITION UNIT 5: CRAFT AND HAND-CRAFTED DYES AND VARNISHES FOR MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

Level: 3

Code: UC1857_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Get the base varnish, from the preparation of the resins, following the traditional procedures to ensure a quality artisan product.

CR 1.1 The resins are selected according to their purity, transparency and coloration, among other characteristics, to achieve a final quality result.

CR 1.2 The selected resins (lacquer, dammar and copal gum, among others) are reduced to dust or fragmented into small pieces to facilitate their dissolution.

CR 1.3 The mixture of the powdered or fragmented resins is added to the solvents (alcohol, essences and oils, among others), together or separately, stirring the same to proceed with dissolution.

CR 1.4 The dissolution of resin and solvent is cooked at medium temperature, if any, by observing the safety and hygiene measures, to obtain the varnish.

CR 1.5 The quality of the varnish is ensured by letting it decant and proceeding to its filtering to obtain a product free of elements in suspension, translucent and homogeneous.

CR 1.6 Working tools and tools are used in compliance with the instructions for use, cleaning and maintenance to ensure their conservation and to ensure regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

CR 1.7 The work area is kept clean and tidy, to allow for the quick localization and inventory of materials, auxiliary media, tools and tools.

CR 1.8 The procedures for obtaining varnish are executed after selection, preparation and conditioning of the tools and tools and cutting equipment to guarantee the artisanal quality of the product and to prevent risks labor and environmental.

RP 2: Tenure the pieces of the musical instrument using the technique and procedure laid down in the project, under conditions of occupational safety and environmental protection, to obtain a uniform color of quality.

CR 2.1 Base dyes are prepared on the basis of different artisanal extraction procedures to obtain light and transparent colorations.

CR 2.2 The base coloring of the pieces is done using the technique established in the project, depending on the nature and extent of the wood absorption, to ensure a homogeneous result.

CR 2.3 The application of dyes composed of natural or artificial dyes, if any, dissolved in water, are carried out according to the traditional method by wetting the wood to open the pore and to facilitate a colouring. homogeneous, especially on flat surfaces.

CR 2.4 The oxidation base coloration is performed by direct application of its components or by exposure in transformed gaseous atmospheres, to facilitate the homogeneity of the color.

CR 2.5 The quality of the coloring is verified by visual control and comparison with samples to ensure the color characteristics established in the project.

CR 2.6 Occupational and environmental safety is ensured by implementing the measures laid down in the regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks related to the materials, tools and operations used and carried out in the tinting process to avoid risks.

RP 3: Sellar the pores of the wood of the musical instrument according to the procedure established in the project, under conditions of occupational safety and environmental protection, in order to obtain a homogeneous primer of quality.

CR 3.1 The tapapores is manufactured by diluting the base varnish on its own solvent to obtain a liquefied and light product that penetrates the pores of the wood more easily.

CR 3.2 The seal of the wood pore is performed by applying tapapores, according to the method established in the project, with criteria of quality and occupational safety and environmental, to ensure a homogeneous primer.

CR 3.3 The treated timbers are gently polished, once the priming is dry, using abrasive to obtain a smooth surface before proceeding to the varnish.

CR 3.4 The quality of the sealing and polishing is verified by visual and tactile control to ensure the homogeneity of the required priming and texture.

CR 3.5 Occupational and environmental safety is guaranteed by applying the measures laid down in the regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks related to the materials, tools and operations used and carried out in the sealing process to avoid risks.

RP 4: Barnize and polish musical instruments through craft techniques and procedures, in terms of occupational safety and environmental protection, to protect and beautify the surface with quality assurance.

CR 4.1 The base varnish is applied on the pieces using brushes, brushes or munches in a succession of layers, allowing the former to dry before applying the succession, to avoid cracking and other effects not desired in the varnish.

CR 4.2 The varnish film obtained by various layers is polished with abrasive, once dried, to proceed to the smoothing of the surfaces.

CR 4.3 The base varnish is colored by adding natural or artificial colorants, if any, to obtain the color tonality that fits the project.

CR 4.4 The base varnish had, applied in successive layers, using the techniques and the craft procedures, to obtain the final tonality of the musical instrument reflected in the project.

CR 4.5 The dyed varnish layer is protected with several layers of base varnish to prevent it from being damaged in the polishing processes and to protect it from premature wear.

CR 4.6 The polishing process is done once the varnish is dry, with abrasive or munching in order to obtain a quality artisan result and adjusted to the initial project.

CR 4.7 Occupational and environmental safety is guaranteed by applying the measures laid down in the regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks related to the materials, tools and operations used and carried out to avoid risks.

Professional context:

Production media:

Heaters. Mortars. Grinders. Flasks. Test tubes. Distillers. Filters. Thermometers. Measuring tools. Resins. Gums. Natural dyes. Synthetic dyes. Alcohol. Oils. Essences. Face masks. Gloves. Air filtering systems. Brushes. Brushes. Pigments. Land. Pumice stone. Tripoli. Lijas.

Products and results:

Base varnish. Tapapores. Tinted varnishes. Craft varnishes. Dyed pieces. Sealed musical instruments. Varnished and polished musical instruments.

Information used or generated:

Design and construction project of the musical instrument. Regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks. Instructions for use and maintenance of tools, tools and equipment. Catalogues of resins, gums, dyes and varnishes. Material sheets of materials.

COMPETITION UNIT 6: ORGANIZE THE PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITY OF A CRAFT WORKSHOP

Level: 2

Code: UC1690_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Define the objectives of the craftsman workshop when carrying out the feasibility plan, taking into account the reality of the market in order to achieve maximum profitability of the resources and investments.

CR 1.1 Investments for the creation of an artisan workshop are valued on the basis of their depreciation to ensure the profitability of the artisan workshop.

CR 1.2 The possibilities of making parts of the artisan workshop are analyzed taking into account the investment in machinery and tools to achieve the maximum profitability of the resources.

CR 1.3 Production is estimated taking into account the market situation to make the investment made in the craft workshop profitable.

CR 1.4 The corporate image of the artisan workshop provided for in the feasibility plan is decided on the basis of proposed drawings and logos to provide the workshop with a graphic identity for the market.

RP 2: Structure the workshop taking into account human and material resources, adjusting to standards on quality, job security and environmental management to ensure optimal storage and production.

CR 2.1 The spaces are defined and identified taking into account the regulations on occupational risks to adapt it to the production needs and the storage conditions of raw materials and processed products.

CR 2.2 The jobs are identified taking into account the functions and processes to be carried out in the workshop for further integration into the production process, taking into account what is established in the labor regulations.

CR 2.3 The allocation of tools and machinery is defined taking into account the production needs to ensure the productive processes of the artisan workshop and the established forecasts.

CR 2.4 The distribution of the machinery in the workshop is done taking into account the regulations on occupational hazards to ensure at all times the safety of the workers.

CR 2.5 The safety conditions of the machinery are verified taking into account the regulations on occupational hazards and environmental management and user manuals to ensure the safety of the operators.

RP 3: Carry out the work and tax obligations plan and possible grants, identifying tax and labour regulations and procedures, and the calls for grants to craft workshops to organise the Workshop effectively.

CR 3.1 The documentation is identified taking into account the tax and labor regulations to initiate economic activity.

CR 3.2 Existing grants and other public subsidies at local, regional or state level are identified taking into account the calls in order to request in time and form aid for the workshops. artisans.

CR 3.3 The options for the hiring of workers are considered taking into account labour regulations to cover the needs of production.

CR 3.4 The timing of taxes and social security contributions is periodically reviewed for the purpose of making payments that would allow the current of tax obligations to be linked to the workshop. artesan.

RP 4: Develop a quote for the part or series to be performed by calculating the costs to decide their profitability.

CR 4.1 The consumption of raw materials, tools, auxiliary media and energy is valued taking into account its cost for the production of the budget.

CR 4.2 Labor costs are incorporated into the budgets to be passed on to the final price of the piece.

CR 4.3 Presentation, packaging, transport costs are incorporated into the budgets to be passed on to the final price of the part.

CR 4.4 The costs of general maintenance and amortization expenses of the workshop and the value added value of the product are incorporated into the budgets to be passed on to the final price of the piece.

RP 5: Ensure supply of supplies, combining needs with stocks to ensure the development of planned production.

CR 5.1 The provisioning forecast is made taking into account the needs of raw materials, the auxiliary means, the tools and the tools and the fuel to ensure the development of the workshop activity.

CR 5.2 Supplies stocks are counted faithfully to keep inventory up to date.

CR 5.3 Providers are related by a database by collecting their features and other singularities that identify them in order to perform the required order orders.

CR 5.4 Supply orders are prepared by pointing out the characteristics of the materials, the quantities and the delivery times to avoid shortages in the activity of the artisan workshop.

RP 6: Define the production marketing strategy of the workshop based on the distribution channels of the artisan product to ensure its sale.

CR 6.1 The marketing formulas for artisan products are selected based on the characteristics of the market to select the most advantageous.

CR 6.2 The product presentation plan is proposed taking into account the marketing formula of products from the artisan workshop to be introduced into the selected market.

CR 6.3 The system of valuation and control of the sale of products is made by monitoring the marketing results to introduce corrective measures if the findings are not in line with the project company.

Professional context:

Production media:

Means for budgeting and cost assessment. Labour and tax regulations in force for micro-enterprises. Costs of materials, fuels and electricity. Drawings of the workshop and facilities.

Products and results:

Viability plan. Application for grants. Labour budgets. Tax plan. Payments of tax obligations. Product presentation plan proposals. Manufacturing and sales control system. Marketing plan. Budget for craft products. Inventory of supplies. Supply needs for supplies. Orders for supplies.

Information used or generated:

Tax and labor regulations in force. Grants from local, regional and state administration. Marketing formulas. Technical sheets of materials. Designs of craft pieces. Technical sheets of craft products. Supplier relationship. Inventory of materials. Supply needs for raw materials, auxiliary media, tools and tools.

TRAINING MODULE 1: DESIGN AND CRAFT CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS FOR STRING MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

Level: 3

Code: MF1853_3

Associate with UC: Develop the design and craft construction project of string musical instruments

Duration: 150 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Identify and analyze information about string musical instruments related to historical background, materials, techniques, and construction processes.

CE1.1 Describe systems of collection, selection and archiving of information related to artistic and technical projects of construction of musical instruments of string.

CE1.2 Citar the constructive modalities of schools and traditions in the area of Lutheran describing the characteristics, constructive techniques, materials and tools.

CE1.3 In a practical case of identifying styles of musical instruments from photographs of various musical instruments given, identifying the style to which each model belongs, describing its characteristics artistic, aesthetic, technical, mechanical-acoustic and material.

CE1.4 In a practical scenario of collecting and selecting information for the development of a construction project referred to a pre-existing model, from all types of documents on trends, styles, journals, studies, plans, drawings or photographs, among others proposed, analyze, identify and classify information related to the model to be developed.

CE1.5 In a practical information collection scenario for the development of a construction project, based on the client's demands collected through interviews and questionnaires, among others, to recognize the needs specific to a customer based on their explanations and requirements, and to develop a model proposal to build.

C2: Determine formal, aesthetic, technical, mechanical-acoustic specifications of a string musical instrument in different assumptions or situations from collected and evaluated information.

CE2.1 Describe and identify methods of analysis of sources of information on string musical instruments.

CE2.2 Describe formal-formal, functional, structural, material and technical conditions, relating to their influence on the determination of specifications of string musical instruments.

CE2.3 In a scenario of determining the specification of string musical instruments, from a list of conditions:

-Sketch the dimensions and shapes of the string musical instrument.

-Determine the qualities of the materials by relating them to their function.

-Develop structural specifications using schemas and drawings.

-Elaborate formal and decorative proposals through drawings.

CE2.4 In a practical case of material recognition (timbers) of a project in compliance with the environmental management criteria and the needs of the recipient:

-Identify timbers according to degree of drying, hardness and aesthetic properties.

-Select the materials according to their functionality.

-Apply environmental requirements in the resolution of orders.

CE2.5 Relate the acoustics of the string musical instruments with the perceptive qualities of the materials by setting the specifications according to their design.

C3: Apply manual and computer graphical representation techniques for string musical instruments from their formal and symbolic-aesthetic specifications.

CE3.1 Citar procedures, instruments and graphical representation techniques related to its application in development of lutheria projects.

CE3.2 Describe international standards by relating their use in drawing and representation of string musical instruments.

CE3.3 Describe the characteristics of the drawing and drawing programs of plans relating to their application in Lutheran.

CE3.4 In a practical scenario of performing graphical representations, based on documentation given on the formal and symbolic-aesthetic specifications of the musical instrument of string.

-Set the manual or digital procedures, techniques, and instruments to use for rendering.

-Perform sketches representing the formal and symbolic-aesthetic characteristics of the string musical instrument.

-Make planes at 1: 1 scale of the shapes and dimensions of the elements of the string musical instrument.

-Graphically reintroduce the constructive solutions of the string musical instrument and parts using computer media.

C4: Confect plans for the elaboration of string musical instruments from the documentation that includes their characteristics, materials, techniques, and economic conditions.

CE4.1 Describe the documentation types of a project by relating the graphical and written information.

CE4.2 In a practical scenario of sorting the job streams from a given project:

-Make the disposition of the assembly phases by taking care of the phases of the assembly by optimizing time and resources.

-Apply optimization criteria in project development.

-Select the fulfillment tools that match the characteristics of the established documentation.

-Specify the relationship of materials by determining their quality.

-Compose the elaboration plan by incorporating the previous decisions.

CE4.3 Describe the economic factors of the cost of a musical string instrument, distinguishing between materials and labor.

CE4.4 In a practical scenario of making plans for the development of musical instruments of rope, taking into account the norms of prevention of occupational and environmental risks, economy of means, effort and time, and from of a given project, perform the following activities:

-Define the materials specifications by calculating their volume.

-Temporarily and functionally organize production phases.

-Set deadlines and run times.

-Calculate materials and labor costs.

-Compose the elaboration plan.

C5: Organize project documentation from graphic and written documents from string musical instrument projects.

CE5.1 Describe the structure and formal organization of a project of a musical string instrument, relating to its usefulness, presentation to the client and the process of realization.

CE5.2 List the graphic and written documents to include in the documentation of a project of a string musical instrument justifying its incorporation.

CE5.3 In a practical documentation organization scenario, prepare a document with the economic conditions from the forecast of material consumption, auxiliary media and labor.

CE5.4 In a convenient documentation organization scenario, from the same, perform the following activities:

-Arrange the structure of the document in chapters.

-Select the graphical documents to include with communicative criteria.

-Select the useful technical and economic information.

-Incorporate the set of with graphical consistency and formal unit criteria.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.3, CE1.4 and CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.3 and CE2.4; C3 with respect to CE3.4; C4 with respect to CE4.2 and CE4.4; C5 with respect to CE5.3 and CE5.4.

Other capabilities:

Prove a good professional.

Use time and effort to extend knowledge and supplemental information to use in your work.

Propose challenging targets that represent a higher level of performance and effectiveness than previously achieved.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Interpret and respond to customer demands.

Treat the customer with courtesy, respect and discretion.

Demonstrate creativity in the development of the work you do.

Contents:

1. Information and background for string musical instrument projects

Historical evolution of musical instruments: styles, among others.

Defining the structural features of the instrument.

The typology of musical instruments.

Selection of information.

Qualities of musical instruments: form, aesthetic uses; basic and accessory functions, and acoustic requirements.

2. Structure of construction projects for musical instruments

Definition of the initial requirements, control of the information. Planning and monitoring of project processes: methodology and description.

The construction projects of musical instruments today: trends and styles.

The project process: intuition and method.

Formal and informative unit and consistency in project presentation.

3. Structural elements of a musical instrument

Study of the structural characteristics of a musical instrument: record of components according to the parts of the musical instrument, conventional and innovative materials, classification of specifications.

Useful preparation procedure: types of materials depending on the design to be performed, selection of the itinerary to be developed, tool maintenance.

Specification Analysis Techniques: the constituent formal traits of a typology related to previous models, equating some properties or traits with the preceding documentation.

4. Sound elements of a musical instrument

Acoustics and sound: doorbell, tone, color, tesitura.

Study of the sound characteristics of a musical instrument.

Specification analysis techniques: relationship between elements, materials and parts and acoustic characteristics of string musical instruments.

5. Graphic representation techniques for musical instrument design

Selection of representation systems in the determination of shapes and structures: drawing and graphic-plastic resources of description, reflection on an idea, assessment and choice of treatment to be used.

Use of computer equipment in the processing of graphics: support programs, databases on the Internet.

Collection of data on representation systems: functional, communicative and aesthetic values; influence of design on the development and evolution of musical references and musical instruments.

6. Organisation, quality and safety in the development of musical instruments

Documentation and analysis systems: control of materials, production processes; structural and decorative elements.

Sequence and management of production phases: division of processes in stages, integration of materials, technology and price, reports of performance of traditional materials (timbers) and innovators (carbon fibre); recognition of procedures in the provision of project phases.

Quality verification systems and procedures in craft environments.

Measures of attention to safety at work: economy of means, systems of respect to specific ergonomic conditioning, selection of processes synthesis of effort factors/time/result.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Multipurpose Classroom of at least 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

Classroom 60 m² graphic expression workshop.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Mastery of knowledge and techniques related to the development of design and craft construction projects of string musical instruments, which will be accredited by one of the following ways:

-Academic training of Licentiated/a, degree of equivalent degree or of other higher levels related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: WOODS FOR BUILDING ARTISANS ' MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

Level: 3

Code: MF1854_3

Associate to UC: Select and store timbers for building artisans ' musical instruments

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Apply selection criteria in the acquisition of wood, raw or custom, for artisan musical instruments, depending on the pieces in which it is to be transformed.

CE1.1 Describe the most common defects (rajas, reversed, knots, among others) that present the raw wood or as a measure related to the quality characteristics of the artisans.

CE1.2 Describe the verification procedures of raw or custom timbers by relating the factors that cause the defects.

CE1.3 Describe the factors that are considered in the assessment of the visual and mechanical quality of the raw timbers or as they relate to the final characteristics of the musical instrument.

CE1.4 Describe CITES (Convention International Trade in Endangered Species) regulations relating to environmental protection regulations.

CE1.5 In a scenario of applying selection criteria, based on project specifications and given samples:

-Decide the type of wood to use based on its physical and aesthetic characteristics.

-Identify the timbers given from their physical characteristics.

-Set the parameters to verify in the samples by determining the procedure to use.

-Verify your quality through visual and tactile procedures.

-Select the timbers to use from given.

C2: Apply wood classification techniques, raw or custom, for artisan musical instruments, by using criteria to identify them.

CE2.1 Describe standardized commercial denominations by relating them to their use in the construction of musical instruments.

CE2.2 Describe factors affecting aesthetic and mechanical qualities by relating them to their use in the construction of musical instruments.

CE2.3 Describe the identification criteria and timber classification procedures relating to their use in the maintenance and management of the warehouse.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario of applying criteria and classification techniques, based on project specifications and given samples:

-Identify the types corresponding to the timbers given by their trade name.

-Set your classification by qualities and sizes.

-Identify the parts that can be obtained from them according to their characteristics.

-Perform classification by commercial categories.

C3: Apply timbers storage criteria, raw or measured, for artisan musical instruments taking into account accessibility, location and maintenance of warehouses, with quality and safety criteria.

CE3.1 Describe storage procedures relating to the quality characteristics of the timbers used in the construction of musical instruments.

CE3.2 Describe stored wood protection techniques relating to the quality characteristics of the timbers used in the construction of musical instruments.

CE3.3 Describe the criteria for the organization of wood stores, relating them to the maintenance of the qualities of wood used in the construction of musical instruments.

CE3.4 In a practical scenario of application of storage criteria and procedures, based on a description and given samples, applying the regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks:

-Define the organization and storage criteria based on the given information.

-Perform the slatting of the samples by ensuring the stability of the wood.

-Carry out the sealing of the testas by ensuring the stability of the wood.

-Perform the entire process while respecting work and environmental security measures.

C4: Apply techniques and procedures for inventorying wood and materials for artisan musical instruments through the use of identification criteria and tools for processing and maintenance.

CE4.1 Set criteria for the identification of woods by linking them with their use for the construction of musical instruments.

CE4.2 Feature computer tools and techniques and manuals used in inventory processing.

CE4.3 In a practical scenario of applying criteria and classification techniques, based on project specifications and given samples:

-Identify the types corresponding to the timbers given by their trade name.

-Select and apply classification criteria.

-Develop an inventory of the samples given using those criteria.

-Use IT tools by viewing operations for up to date maintenance and management.

-Identify the parts that can be obtained from them according to their characteristics.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.4; C3 with respect to CE3.4; C4 with respect to CE4.3.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Finish the job within the set deadlines.

Propose alternatives to improve results.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Contents:

1. Types of wood in the construction of musical instruments

Commercial types.

Mechanical characteristics.

Types of veins.

Types of cuts.

Commercial Presentations.

Quality standards.

Wood-related environmental protection regulations: origin, protected species, CITES certifications (Convention International Trade in Endangered Species).

2. Wood inventory and storage systems for the construction of musical instruments

Classification and inventory criteria.

Storage conditions: ventilation, temperature, humidity and conditioning.

Timber protection techniques.

Computer tools applied to timbers inventories.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Multipurpose Classroom of at least 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

Classroom 60 m² graphic expression workshop.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the selection and storage of wood for the construction of musical instruments artisans, which will be accredited by one of the following forms:

-Academic training of Licentiated/a, degree of equivalent degree or of other higher levels related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 3: CRAFT-MAKING OF PIECES OF MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS OF ARC

Level: 3

Code: MF1862_3

Associate to UC: Craft the Arco Music Instrument pieces by hand

Duration: 270 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Apply mold-making procedures, from templates of arc musical instrument projects, with safety and quality criteria.

CE1.1 Describe the process of making molds from templates, relating it to the materials, tools and tools used in it and the verification procedures of its quality.

CE1.2 Describe the cutting and profiling conditions of the moulds by linking them to the security measures and the quality of the operations.

CE1.3 Describe mold identification systems by listing the significant data in the various cases.

CE1.4 In a practical case of making moulds for arc musical instruments, from a given template and project:

-Select the materials according to the instrument and ensure the stability of the mold to be performed.

-Move the outline to the surface using the template.

-Perform the trimmed and profiling by verifying the quality of the operations.

-Perform the boxes by pre-determining the assembly points in the profiled outline.

-Verify the quality of operations with the established instruments.

C2: Apply techniques and procedures for artisanal construction of the outline of the harmonic box of arch musical instruments, from projects, with safety and quality criteria.

CE2.1 Describe the techniques and procedures for making girdles, identifying materials, tools and tools that relate to the security and quality of operations.

CE2.2 Describe the techniques and procedures for making union cleats, identifying materials, tools, and tools that relate to the security and quality of operations.

CE2.3 Describe the techniques and procedures of curving of girdles, identifying materials, tools and tools that relate to the security and quality of the operations.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario of applying the outline of the outline of the harmonic box, from a given project and materials:

-Select, prepare, and condition the materials, tools, tools, and personal protection equipment to use during the process.

-Apply established job and environmental security criteria throughout the process.

-Calibrate the girdles by verifying their adjustment to the project.

-Perform the cut while respecting the aesthetic specifications of the project.

-Cut the tacos based on the project specifications.

-Perform the curvy of the girdles by ensuring their integrity and adjust the project specifications.

-Wrap the cleats to the girdles using securing means to ensure their stability.

-Verify the quality of operations with the established instruments.

C3: Apply techniques and procedures for building funds for arch musical instruments, from projects, with quality and safety criteria.

CE3.1 Describe the process of preparing and recording parts for the development of funds by identifying materials, conditions, techniques, tools and tools related to the security and quality of the operations.

CE3.2 Describe the processes of fund vaults by identifying materials, techniques, tools, and tools that relate to the security and quality of operations.

CE3.3 Describe the systems of fund reinforcements by identifying materials, techniques, tools, and tools that relate to the security and quality of operations.

CE3.4 Describe ornamental elements by identifying techniques, materials, tools, and tools relating to structural and functional functions.

CE3.5 In a practical application of the application of techniques for the construction of funds for instruments of rope, from a given project and materials, to carry out the following activities:

-Select, prepare, and condition the materials, tools, tools, and personal protection equipment to use during the process.

-Apply work and environmental security criteria throughout the process.

-Perform the preparation of the bottom part by taking into account the dimensions of the girdles.

-Tallate the inner and outer vault using reference systems.

-End the background, verifying the continuity and homogeneity of its surface.

-Castrate the fillets according to the project.

-Talk the sketches by verifying their continuity and homogeneity.

-Verify the quality of operations with the established instruments.

C4: Apply techniques and procedures for the construction of harmonic caps for arch musical instruments, from projects, with quality and safety criteria.

CE4.1 Describe the processes of preparation and recording of pieces for the elaboration of harmonic lids identifying materials, conditions, techniques, tools and tools relating them to the safety and quality of the operations.

CE4.2 To describe the process of cutting the vaults of harmonic caps by identifying techniques, procedures, materials, techniques, tools and tools that relate to the safety and quality of the operations.

CE4.3 Describe efes, Bocels, and Harmonic Bar elements by identifying techniques, materials, tools, and tools relating to structural and functional functions.

CE4.4 In a practical scenario of applying harmonic cap construction techniques for rubbed rope instruments, from a given project and materials, perform the following activities:

-Select, prepare, and condition the materials, tools, tools, and personal protection equipment to use during the process.

-Apply throughout the process work and environmental security criteria using the established means of protection.

-Perform the preparation of the part of the cap by taking into account the dimensions of the bottom and the girdles.

-Tallate the inner and outer vault using reference systems.

-End the lid, verifying the continuity and homogeneity of its surface.

-Perform the heating of the efes by verifying their position according to the project.

-Talk the sketches by verifying their continuity and homogeneity.

-Develop and dock the harmonic bar by verifying its position according to the project.

-Verify the quality of operations with the established instruments.

C5: Apply techniques for the size of pegs and volutes for arc musical instruments, based on the model of the project, with artistic criteria and in terms of quality and safety.

CE5.1 Describe the process of making pegs by identifying materials, conditions, techniques, tools, and tools and relating them to the security and quality of operations.

CE5.2 Describe the process of volume carving, identifying materials, conditions, techniques, tools, and tools that relate to the security and quality of operations.

CE5.3 In a practical application of techniques of there in the elaboration of pins and volutes for instruments of arc, from a project and given materials, to carry out the following activities:

-Select, prepare, and condition the materials, tools, tools, and personal protection equipment to use during the process.

-Apply throughout the process work and environmental security criteria using the established means of protection.

-Make the pin layout and the volute on the maple wood part by verifying its adjustment to the project specifications.

-Perform the pin and the volute, by tilling and regruesing, checking and verifying its dimensions.

-Verify the quality of operations with the established instruments.

C6: Apply techniques for building beaters and cejillas for arc musical instruments, according to the project with quality and safety criteria.

CE6.1 Describe the process of building batidoers by identifying techniques, materials, conditions, tools and tools and relating them to the security and quality of operations.

CE6.2 Describe the processes of caging, identifying techniques, materials, conditions, tools, and tools that relate to the security and quality of operations.

CE6.3 In a practical scenario of applying techniques for the construction of beaters and the elaboration of cejillas for rope instruments, from a given project and materials, perform the following activities:

-Select, prepare, and condition the materials, tools, tools, and personal protection equipment to use during the process.

-Apply throughout the process work and environmental security criteria using the established means of protection.

-Perform the layout on the ebony piece by verifying its adjustment to the project specifications.

-Cepillar the planes and the beater curve by verifying its dimensions with measuring instruments.

-End the beater by grinding it out from the curvature of the cejilla and the bridge.

-Select the material from the cejilla, from the project specifications.

-Develop the cejilla from the dimensions and shapes of the top curve of the beater.

-Perform operations by verifying their security and quality.

C7: Identify the means of personal protection and waste disposal systems generated to prevent occupational and environmental risks to be applied during the processing of the pieces of musical instruments arc.

CE7.1 Describe risk factors and situations for health and safety in manufacturing processes and work zones.

CE7.2 List personal protection means for the prevention of workplace risks in the workshop by relating them to each process.

CE7.3 Relate the preventive measures used in the workshop for the production of musical instruments, with the means of prevention established by the regulations.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.4; C2 with respect to CE2.4; C3 for CE3.5; C4 for CE4.4; C5 for CE5.3; C6 for CE6.3.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Prove a good professional.

Finish the job within the set deadlines.

Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Respect company procedures and rules.

Use time and effort to extend knowledge and supplemental information for use in your work.

Demonstrate interest in the broad knowledge of the artisan organization and its processes.

Demonstrate responsibility for successes and failures and failures.

Respect the internal procedures and rules of the artisan company.

Habit with the work rhythm of the artisan company.

Contents:

1. Interpretation of projects of musical instruments of arc applied to the elaboration and verification

Project structure: normalization.

Dimensional specifications and tolerances.

Verification of specifications: comparison and verification instruments and procedures.

2. Making moulds for arc musical instruments

Materials, tools and tools for making molds: features and uses.

Plot procedures from templates.

Manual and mechanical trimming procedures.

Moulds and Mold Boxes.

Mold Identification Systems.

Work safety and environmental standards in the production of molds.

3. Craft manufacture of the outline of the harmonic box of musical instruments of arc

Taco-making techniques and harmonica-box girdles.

Materials, tools and tools for making straws and tacos: features and uses.

Sizing and Chopping Techniques: Execution and Verification.

Fajas curving techniques: execution and verification.

Taco and Fajas Join Procedures.

4. Development of funds for arc musical instruments

Materials, tools and tools for the construction of funds: features and uses.

Registration and calibration systems.

Calculation of background vaults.

Back-end vaults carving techniques: execution and verification.

Reinforcement bars: function and elaboration.

Filing and Sketch Techniques: Execution and Verification.

5. Manufacture of harmonic lids for musical instruments of arc

Materials, tools and tools for the construction of lids: features and uses.

Registration and calibration systems.

Calculation of harmonic caps vaults.

Harmonic cap-side vaults: execution and verification.

EFes layout and draught techniques: execution and verification.

Bocel carving techniques: execution and verification.

6. Manufacture of mangoes, pins and volutes for musical instruments of arc

Materials, tools and tools for the size of handles, pins and volutes: characteristics and uses.

Plot systems.

Volume carving techniques: execution and verification.

Casting techniques: execution and verification.

7. Manufacture of batidoers and jacks for musical instruments of arc

Materials, tools and tools for making beaters and cejillas: features and uses.

Plot systems and references.

Baters brushing techniques: execution and verification.

Rectification and finishing techniques: execution and verification.

Cejillas processing techniques: execution and verification.

8. Labour and environmental safety standards in the craft-making of pieces of musical arch instruments

Safety in the manufacture of arc instrument parts.

Risks in Operations with Machines and Useful.

Protective measures: of machines and personnel.

Safety and Health Regulations.

9. Procedures for the maintenance and conditioning of tools and cutting machines for the manufacture of pieces of musical instruments of arc

Sharp procedures.

Edge-seated procedures.

State verification of the tools.

Maintenance of power tools.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Multipurpose Classroom of at least 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

90 m² musical instrument construction workshop.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Mastery of knowledge and techniques related to the craft-making of the pieces of the musical instrument of arc, which shall be accredited by one of the following forms:

-Academic training of Licentiated/a, degree of equivalent degree or of other higher levels related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 4: ASSEMBLY AND HANDCRAFTED ASSEMBLY OF PIECES OF MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS OF ARC

Level: 3

Code: MF1863_3

Associate with UC: Assemble and craft the pieces of the musical instrument of the arc.

Duration: 240 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Apply techniques and procedures for making, curving, adjusting and sizing up the contrafajas of arc musical instruments, from projects, with safety and quality criteria.

CE1.1 Describe the cutting process of the slats that make up the counter-straws, relating it to the techniques, procedures, materials, tools and tools used in it and the quality and safety criteria.

CE1.2 Describe the bending process of the counter-straws, relating it to the techniques, useful materials and tools used in it and the quality and safety criteria.

CE1.3 Describe the exterior finishing process of the counter-straws, relating it to the techniques, useful materials and tools used in it and the quality and safety criteria.

CE1.4 In a practical scenario of applying techniques and procedures for processing, curving, adjusting and sizing up the counter-benefits, from a given project and raw materials, perform the following:

-Select, prepare, and condition the materials, tools, tools, and personal protection equipment to use during the process.

-Apply throughout the process work and environmental security criteria using the established means of protection.

-Cut the slats according to the technique described in the project and the characteristics of the selected wood.

-Perform the curvy by verifying the quality of the process.

-Encolar using clamping and pressure means and verifying its stability.

-Perform the finish by verifying the quality and homogeneity of the surface.

CE1.5 List work and environmental security measures, and order in work by relating them to their application in the process.

C2: Apply techniques and procedures for closing the harmonic box of arc musical instruments, with safety and quality criteria.

CE2.1 Describe materials, elements, processes, and systems used in the background, relating them to their stability during the process and the verification procedures of their quality.

CE2.2 Describe the process for the extraction of the mold by identifying the procedures and useful for its development, as well as the safety and quality criteria.

CE2.3 In a practical scenario of application of the application of tapas, extraction of the mold and inner completion, from a project and semi-finished materials given, to carry out the following activities:

-Select, prepare and condition the materials, tools, fixing systems, and personal protective equipment to be used during the process.

-Apply throughout the process work and environmental security criteria using the established means of protection.

-Wrap the background by verifying the homogeneity of the layer.

-Extract the mold, pre-checking the drying of the queue, ensuring the integrity of the parts.

-Encolate the top counter-cards.

-Close the instrument by wrapping the harmonic cap by verifying its adjustment to the set.

C3: Apply techniques and procedures for adjustment and assembly of the handle and lower cejilla of the arc musical instrument with quality and safety criteria.

CE3.1 Describe handle assembly processes, identifying milano queue realization and tuning techniques, tools, and tools.

CE3.2 Describe the technique of handling the handle, identifying materials and useful, relating them to their stability during the process and the verification procedures of their quality.

CE3.3 Describe the nut and heel completion process by identifying tools and techniques and relating them to the verification procedures of their quality.

CE3.4 Describe the constructive process of the lower portion, identifying the characteristics of the materials, tools and techniques and relating them to the verification procedures of their quality.

CE3.5 In a practical scenario of application of process and techniques for the assembly of mango and cejilla, from semi-finished elements and a given project, perform the following activities:

-Select, prepare, and condition the materials, tools, tools, and personal protection equipment to use during the process.

-Apply throughout the process work and environmental security criteria using the established means of protection.

-Prepare the handle by performing a milane tail and verifying its adjustment.

-Perform the sizing by verifying the stability of the pressure media and protecting the surface of the box.

-Terminate the nut and the heel by verifying its quality of execution and adjustment to the project.

-Develop the lower basket, pre-selecting the material according to its hardness.

-Perform processes by applying quality verification procedures.

C4: Apply pin-fitting techniques and procedures, pins, button and pica, from arc musical instrument projects with quality and safety criteria.

CE4.1 Describe the process of making cones on the pin, identifying the technique, tools and tools, and relating them to the verification procedures of their quality.

CE4.2 Describe the process of fitting the pegs and pin cones, identifying the technique, the useful and the materials, and relating them to the verification procedures of their quality.

CE4.3 Describe the process of pasting the pegs by identifying the technique, materials and tools, and relating them to the verification procedures of their quality.

CE4.4 Describe the process of adjusting and coupling the button or pica, identifying the technique, materials and tools and relating them to the verification procedures of their quality.

CE4.5 In a scenario of applying pin-fitting processes, buttons and pics, from semi-finished elements and a given project, perform the following activities:

-Select, prepare, and condition the materials, tools, tools, and personal protection equipment to use during the process.

-Apply throughout the process work and environmental security criteria using the established means of protection.

-Perform the pin cones by verifying their project specifications by using the check instruments.

-Perform the fitting of the pegs and the cones, verifying it and making the corrections as appropriate

-Perform the pegs of the pegs by verifying their operation and making the corrections in their case.

-Perform the adjustment and attach buttons and pics the pegs by verifying it and making the corrections as appropriate

-Perform processes by applying quality verification procedures.

C5: Apply techniques and procedures for the elaboration and location of the soul, based on projects of musical instruments of arc, with criteria of quality and safety.

CE5.1 Describe the process of soul-making by identifying the technique, materials and tools, and tools, and relating them to the verification procedures of their quality.

CE5.2 Describe the processes of location and adjustment of the soul inside the harmonic box, identifying the technique, the useful ones relating them to the verification procedures of their quality.

CE5.3 In a practical scenario of application of process of processing and location of the soul, based on semi-finished elements and a given project, perform the following activities:

-Select, prepare, and condition the materials, tools, tools, and personal protection equipment to use during the process.

-Apply throughout the process work and environmental security criteria using the established means of protection.

-Develop the soul by selecting the fir, taking into account the direction of its fiber and from the project specifications.

-Perform the setting and location of the soul, verifying its position and making corrections where appropriate.

-Perform processes by applying quality verification procedures.

C6: Apply bridge-foot adaptation, surface termination, and sound-verified procedures by tuning and acoustic testing, with safety and quality criteria.

CE6.1 Describe the process of adjusting the feet of the bridge to the instrument's outer vault, identifying tools and tools, relating them to the verification procedures of their quality.

CE6.2 Define the corresponding heights of the strings on the beater of each instrument, identifying tools, and useful relating them to the verification procedures of their quality.

CE6.3 Describe the polishing processes of the outer and inner surfaces of the bridge by identifying the tools and tools, relating them to the verification procedures of their quality.

CE6.4 In an event of application of termination processes, from semi-finished elements and a given project, perform the following activities:

-Select, prepare, and condition the materials, tools, tools, and personal protection equipment to use during the process.

-Apply throughout the process work and environmental security criteria using the established means of protection.

-Perform the alignment of the feet of the bridge from the level curves defined in the project by verifying its adjustment and making corrections where appropriate.

-Determine the string height by adjusting the instrument, starting with the project specifications.

-Puff the surfaces of the bridge by verifying its quality.

-Perform processes by applying quality verification procedures.

CE6.5 In an acoustic test case scenario, from an unfinished instrument and a given project, perform the following activities:

-Refine the instrument from the 440 Hz.

-Check the instrument's response readiness.

-Check for sound balance, doorbell, and volume.

-Identify possible acoustic defects by relating them to the characteristics of the instrument.

-Describe the systems for the adjustment of the soul by relating it to the bridge tuning possibilities.

-Apply the parts adjustment processes, while the instrument is tested in several phases until the best acoustic performance is achieved.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.4; C2 with respect to CE2.3; C3 for CE3.5; C4 for CE4.5; C5 for CE5.3; C6 for CE6.4 and CE6.5.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Prove a good professional.

Finish the job within the set deadlines.

Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Respect company procedures and rules.

Use time and effort to extend knowledge and supplemental information for use in your work.

Demonstrate interest in the broad knowledge of the artisan organization and its processes.

Demonstrate responsibility for successes and failures and failures.

Respect the internal procedures and rules of the artisan company.

Habit with the work rhythm of the artisan company.

Contents:

1. Artisanal manufacture of counter-belts of musical instruments of arc

Selection and conditioning of materials, tools and tools.

Curving procedures and techniques.

Processes, tools and tools for finishing and sizing.

2. Closing the harmonic box of arc musical instruments

Selection and conditioning of materials, tools and tools.

Tapas processes: techniques and procedures.

Mold extraction systems.

Completion processes for the inner surfaces.

3. Adjustment and assembly of the handle and the lower portion of the arc musical instruments

Selection and conditioning of materials, tools and tools.

Handle and handle function.

Handle and handle lace techniques and procedures.

Handle and Cejilla sizing processes.

Handle and nut heel termination system.

4. Assembly of pins, button or pica of musical instruments of arc

Selection and conditioning of materials, tools and tools.

Performing button, pica, and pin cones.

Performing the button, stings, and pin enclosure cones.

Plug-in processes for pegs.

5. Manufacture and assembly of the soul musical instruments of arc

Selection and conditioning of materials, tools and tools.

Soul cutting techniques and procedures.

System of placement and adjustment of the soul: techniques and procedures.

6. Process for the finishing of arc musical instruments

Selection and conditioning of materials, tools and tools.

Foot and height adaptation processes.

Completion processes: polishing of indoor and outdoor surfaces.

Improving acoustic results through the final soul and bridge settings.

7. Assessment of the sound of the arc instrument

tuning techniques: instruments and processes.

Quality and quality of sound.

Sound characteristics: stamp and volume quality.

Assessment criteria: response rate, sound balance between the strings.

Sonority defects and correction procedures for possible "wolves" and imbalance between ropes.

8. Labour and environmental safety standards in the processes of assembly, assembly and acoustic testing of arc musical instruments

Security in workshop assembly.

More frequent risks in machine and useful operations.

Protective measures: of machines and personnel.

Environmental and labor risk prevention regulations.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Multipurpose Classroom of at least 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

90 m² musical instrument construction workshop.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Mastery of the knowledge and techniques related to the handcrafted assembly and assembly of the pieces of the musical instrument of arc, which shall be accredited by one of the following forms:

-Academic training of Licentiated/a, degree of equivalent degree or of other higher levels related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

FORMATIVE MODULE 5: TINTING AND HANDCRAFTED MUSICAL INSTRUMENT VARNISHING

Level: 3

Code: MF1857_3

Associate with UC: Craft and Artisanal Apply Dyes and varnishes for Musical Instruments

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Develop base varnish manufacturing processes, according to traditional procedures, with safety and quality criteria.

CE1.1 Identify the factors that condition the purity and quality of the resins by explaining them.

CE1.2 Describe the fragmentation processes of the resins, taking into account the safety and hygiene measures in the operations.

CE1.3 Describe the varnish cooking process, listing the materials, tools, and tools, as well as the labor and environmental security measures to be applied.

CE1.4 In a practical process of manufacturing varnishes, from a given project, to perform the procedures of mixing resins and cold solvents in compliance with the measures of occupational safety and environmental safety.

CE1.5 In a practical process of cooking varnishes, from a given project, applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Verify the conditions of the materials, tools, and tools to be used during the cooking process.

-Preparing or using during the cooking process the conditions and measures of work and environmental safety.

-Cocer the dissolution of resin and solvent, controlling the temperature.

-Filter the varnish after its decantation.

-Ensure the order and cleanliness and preservation of the tools, tools, and work zone at the end of the process.

C2: Apply dyeing techniques and procedures for pieces of musical instruments, from projects, with quality and safety criteria.

CE2.1 identify the artisanal dye extraction procedures by describing raw materials, processes, tools, and tools.

CE2.2 Describe traditional artisan wood-based colouring techniques by linking them to the nature and extent of wood absorption and relating them to materials, tools and tools, as well as work safety and environmental measures.

CE2.3 Describe base coloring systems using chemical oxidation processes.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario of application of water-based dyeing processes, from wood parts and a given project, applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Identify and apply workplace and environmental security measures throughout the process.

-Determine the process of coloring to be used in each wood, identifying the characteristics of each piece.

-Hug the timbers in a homogeneous way.

-Apply the different base-tinged artisan processes, as determined for each piece.

-Check the homogeneity of the dyeing.

-Ensure the order and cleanliness and preservation of the tools, tools, and work zone at the end of the process.

C3: Apply wood pore sealing procedures for pieces of musical instruments, from the manufacture of the tapapores, and according to a project, with quality and safety criteria.

CE3.1 Describe the process of making the tapapores, identifying raw materials, procedures to follow, useful, tools to use, as well as the work and environmental safety measures to be applied.

CE3.2 Identify the artisan process of sealing wood from musical instruments, describing the procedures for application of tapapores and polishing, sequence of operations, tools and tools to be used, as well as the measures of occupational and environmental security to be applied.

CE3.3 Describe the polishing processes of the printed surfaces, justifying the sequence of operations, the useful tools and tools, and the work and environmental security measures to be used.

CE3.4 In a practical scenario of sealing the pore of pieces of musical instruments, from a plan of elaboration of a given project, applying the measures of occupational safety and environmental:

-Recognize in the plan the indications about the sealing process.

-Prepare raw materials, useful to use.

-Manufacture the tapapores by diluting the base varnish and complying with the work safety and environmental measures.

-Apply the tapapores by ensuring a homogeneous primer and complying with the work and environmental safety measures.

-Check the quality of the print using visual control.

-Polishing the surfaces, checking the quality of the result.

-Ensure the order and cleanliness and preservation of the tools, tools, and work zone at the end of the process.

C4: Apply traditional techniques of varnishing and polishing of musical instruments, from construction projects, with quality and safety criteria.

CE4.1 Citar the types of varnish to be applied according to its purpose, describe the techniques to be executed in each case and identifying the useful, tools and measures of occupational safety and environmental to be used.

CE4.2 Describe the traditional polish technique by identifying the procedures, tools, tools, and work and environmental security measures to be used.

CE4.3 In a practical case of varnish and polish pieces of musical instruments, from a given project, applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Apply the base varnish according to the traditional layer succession technique.

-Apply the tinted varnish according to the traditional technique.

-Apply the base varnish on the tinted varnish.

-Perform the polish process.

-Perform visual and tactile quality control after each application.

-Perform operations in compliance with workplace and environmental security measures.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.4 and CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.4; C3 with respect to CE3.4; C4 with respect to CE4.3.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Prove a good professional.

Finish the job within the set deadlines.

Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Interpret and execute instructions for the elaboration plans.

Respect company procedures and rules.

Use time and effort to extend knowledge and supplemental information for use in your work.

Demonstrate interest in the broad knowledge of the artisan organization and its processes.

Demonstrate responsibility for successes and failures and failures.

Respect the internal procedures and rules of the artisan company.

Habit with the work rhythm of the artisan company.

Contents:

1. Traditional drawing of base varnish for musical instruments

Determination of varnishes.

Selection of resins and solvents.

Fragmentation procedures.

Cooking and filtering processes.

Regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks: protection systems and containment systems.

2. Wood-based dyeing for musical instruments

dye extraction systems.

dye application processes.

Base coloring with chemical processes.

Safety, protection, hygiene and containment measures: regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

3. Preparation of tapapores for musical instruments

Traditional processing processes.

Traditional tapapore and polishing techniques.

Measures for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks: regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

Quality verification.

4. Traditional varnishing for musical instruments

Application systems.

Polish processes.

Coloring systems.

Regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks: regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Multipurpose Classroom of at least 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

90 m² musical instrument construction workshop.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the manufacture and application of the artisanal form of dyes and varnishes for musical instruments, which will be accredited by one of the following forms:

-Academic training of Licentiated/a, degree of equivalent degree or of other higher levels related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 6: ORGANIZATION OF THE PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITY OF A CRAFT WORKSHOP

Level: 2

Code: MF1690_2

Associate with UC: Organize the Professional Activity of a Craft Workshop

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Determine the project of an artisan workshop taking into account its market viability plan.

CE1.1 Describe the process of drawing up the project of an artisan workshop taking into account the financing and amortization formulas of the proposed investment.

CE1.2 Develop the feasibility project of the artisan workshop taking into account the project of an artisan company.

CE1.3 Define the artisan production of the workshop in the view of the business project and the feasibility plan.

CE1.4 Define the corporate image of the workshop, taking into account the feasibility plan through descriptions, drawings, and other graphic techniques.

C2: Set up the artisan workshop space, tools, machinery and jobs, taking into account the regulations governing work activity and safety and hygiene at work.

CE2.1 Identify the areas of a craftsman workshop by using them according to productive needs and which guarantee the storage conditions of raw materials and processed products taking into account the regulations in force in safety and hygiene at work.

CE2.2 Define the relationship of jobs needed for the production process of the workshop taking into account labor regulations.

CE2.3 Select the endowment of tools and machinery to ensure the different production processes of the artisan workshop taking into account the business project of the workshop.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario: organize and distribute the machinery according to work areas from a given plane and taking into account the regulations that regulate labor activity and safety and hygiene at work.

CE2.5 In a practical scenario, check the safety conditions of the machinery taking into account the user manuals and the regulations on safety and hygiene at work.

C3: Define and develop a plan for tax and grant application obligations taking into account the current labor and tax regulations at the site of the artisan workshop.

CE3.1 Identify the necessary documentation at the local, regional and state level for the implementation of an artisan workshop, taking into account current fiscal and labor regulations to initiate economic activity.

CE3.2 Recognize grants and public subsidies at local, regional or state level to request in time and form all possible aids for the artisan workshops, taking into account the requirements and deadlines required on each request.

CE3.3 Define employment recruitment needs to cover production expectations taking into account the business plan.

CE3.4 Rate bonuses for employment regulations for hiring workers taking into account the needs raised in the business plan.

CE3.5 In a practical scenario: to carry out a schedule of obligations for the realization of all payments and labor contributions, taking into account the timetable of the taxes on the workshops and artisans Social Security contributions.

C4: Define a one-piece or series budget to be made to decide economic viability by taking into account all production costs.

CE4.1 Rate the consumption of raw materials, tools, auxiliary media, and energy for the production of the budget of the part or series to be produced.

CE4.2 In a practical scenario: calculate and incorporate in a budget the labor costs used in the elaboration of a part or series to impact them on the final price of the product.

CE4.3 In a practical scenario: identify and include in the budget the costs of presentation, packaging, and transport to be passed on to the final price of the product.

CE4.4 In a practical scenario: determine and include the proportional costs of the general maintenance and amortization costs of the workshop and the added value of the product of the part or series to be produced for impact on the final price of the product.

C5: Determine the supply of supplies to supply an expected production taking into account needs and stocks.

CE5.1 In a practical scenario: realize the supply forecast of raw materials, the auxiliary media, the tools and the tools and the fuel to supply the intended production in a workshop.

CE5.2 In a practical scenario: accounting for and inventory of raw material stocks, ancillary means, tools and tools, and fuel taking into account the need to keep the inventory up to date. Artisan workshop.

CE5.3 In a practical scenario: to record in an orderly manner in a database the suppliers of raw materials, the auxiliary means, the tools and tools and the fuel of an artisan workshop taking into account their features and other singularities that identify them.

CE5.4 In a practical scenario: placing orders for raw materials, tools and tools and fuel to ensure the production of a workshop taking into account the characteristics of the materials, the quantities and the delivery times to avoid shortages in the activity of the artisan workshop.

C6: Define a sales plan for artisan products, taking into account distribution and marketing channels.

CE6.1 Analyze and compare merchandising options taking into account product characteristics and production capacity.

CE6.2 In a practical scenario: develop a plan of presentation of artisan products for the market taking into account the marketing formula selected for sale.

CE6.3 In a practical scenario: track the business results by taking into account sales and product acceptance.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C2 with respect to CE2.4 and CE2.5; C3 with respect to CE3.5; C4 with respect to CE4.2, CE4.3 and CE4.4; C5 with respect to CE5.1, CE.5.2, CE5.3 and CE5.4; C6 with respect to CE6.2 and CE6.3.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Finish the job within the set deadlines.

Contents:

1. Regulations for artisan workshops

Labour regulations for self-employed workers as a formula for self-employment in artisan workshops.

Labor regulations for hiring employees in workshops.

Fiscal regulations for micropayments applicable to artisan workshops.

2. Administrative and commercial management of an artisan workshop

Company accounting in the management of artisan workshops.

Assessment of raw material consumption, tools, auxiliary media, energy and labor in an artisan workshop.

Artisan product inventory systems.

Security stock.

Marketing and commercial image items.

3. Safety and hygiene in the work applicable to the craft sector

Safety and hygiene regulations in the work related to craft workshops. Toxicity and dangerousness of the artisan products.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Multipurpose Classroom of at least 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Mastery of knowledge and techniques related to the organization of the professional activity of a craft workshop, which will be accredited by one of the following forms:

-Academic training of Diplomacy, degree of equivalent degree or of other higher levels related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX DLXIII

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: PROJECT, ELABORATION, MAINTENANCE AND ARTISANAL REPAIR OF ARCHES OF MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS OF ROPE

Professional Family: Arts and Crafts

Level: 3

Code: ART563_3

General Competition

Build, maintain and repair arcs of string musical instruments, according to their own or pre-existing models, developing and executing the project of design and artisanal construction, with artistic criteria, in conditions of Occupational safety and environmental protection, and with a guarantee of quality craftsman, organizing the professional activity of the artisan workshop.

Competition Units

UC1853_3: Develop the design and craft construction project of string musical instruments.

UC1854_3: Select and store timbers for building artisan musical instruments.

UC1864_3: Craft arcing of string musical instruments.

UC1865_3: Maintain and repair strings of string musical instruments.

UC1690_2: Organize the professional activity of a craft workshop.

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its own professional activity as an independent professional in a company or cooperative partnership; for others in companies and workshops of a craft and artistic nature, whether they are public and private, related to the professional field linked to the production, repair and maintenance of musical instruments, of rope in general, and of arcs in particular.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the artisan sector related to the sub-sector of manufacture, repair and maintenance of musical instruments, especially of rope.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

String musical instrument arcs builder.

Archer.

String instrument arc repairer.

Associated Training (720 hours)

Training Modules

MF1853_3: Design and craft construction projects for string musical instruments. (150 hours)

MF1854_3: Maderas for building artisans ' musical instruments. (60 hours)

MF1864_3: Arrange construction of string musical instruments. (240 hours)

MF1865_3: Maintenance and repair of string musical instrument arches. (210 hours)

MF1690_2: Organization of the professional activity of a craft workshop. (60 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: DEVELOP THE DESIGN AND CRAFT CONSTRUCTION PROJECT OF STRING MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

Level: 3

Code: UC1853_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Get information on string musical instruments related to historical background, materials, techniques and processes, demands of the musician or client, for their use in the definition of the design project and craft construction.

CR 1.1 The documentation related to artistic and aesthetic trends, and to the technical and functional characteristics of the musical string instrument is identified, classified and archived considering its contribution to the definition of the project specifications to be evaluated.

CR 1.2 Information regarding pre-existing models is collected by photographs, drawings and drawings, among others, for further analysis.

the information referred to the technical, mechanical and acoustic characteristics is obtained through specialized studies and professional information, among others, for analysis and employment in the definition of project.

CR 1.4 The information referred to the client's demands is obtained by direct relation and taking into account their needs, in order to develop the project according to their requirements.

CR 1.5 The documentation relating to artistic and technical projects of its own or other professionals, where appropriate, is identified, classified and archived considering its contribution to the definition of the instrument's specifications string musical to be evaluated.

RP 2: Define the formal, aesthetic, technical, mechanical-acoustic and material specifications of string musical instruments by evaluating the collected information, to determine their design.

CR 2.1 The formal specifications of the model to be reproduced are defined from the analysis and evaluation of the information collected to obtain the maximum fidelity to the reference.

CR 2.2 The formal specifications of the personal model are defined from the analysis and evaluation of the information collected, to improve the design of the musical instrument.

CR 2.3 The aesthetic, technical, material, mechanical-acoustic and functional characteristics are defined by considering the information analyzed to conform to the client's criteria or demands.

CR 2.4 The characteristics of the materials (wood) are defined taking into account their aesthetics, quality, hardness, functionality, degree of drying, regulations on environmental management to meet the criteria of author or demands of the client.

RP 3: Determine the shape and structure of the string musical instrument by performing drawings, drawings, and templates at 1: 1 scale from the defined formal and symbolic-aesthetic specifications, employing graphic techniques and Manual and computer representation systems to be used as an element of presentation, and assessment in decision making, as well as to serve as a guide in the elaboration process.

CR 3.1 The formal and symbolic-aesthetic characteristics of the string musical instrument are represented by graphic techniques to be used as a guide in the elaboration process.

CR 3.2 The defined constructive solutions are represented by standardized, manual or computer graphic techniques to be used in the process of elaboration as a guide and as an element of verification.

CR 3.3 The shapes and dimensions of the elements that constitute the musical instrument of string are represented at scale by planes to realize the forecast and subsequent preparation of consumption, to elaborate templates and to be used as a guide in the processing process.

RP 4: Define the drawing plan of the string musical instrument from its specifications by determining the phases, times and procedures of quality control and safety to ensure the execution in the expected conditions.

CR 4.1 The elaboration phases are defined taking into account the defined specifications and the craft processes of elaboration to optimize the times and resources.

CR 4.2 The times are determined from the estimate of the operations of each phase, taking into account previous experience, to ensure compliance with the agreed deadlines with the client.

CR 4.3 Quality and safety control procedures throughout the process of development are set out in the plan defining instruments and control elements and measures of occupational and environmental safety to avoid risks and ensure the conditions of the intended musical instrument.

RP 5: Document the design and craft construction project of the musical string instrument, incorporating the decisions about its characteristics, materials, techniques, economic conditions, elaboration plan, to guarantee their execution.

CR 5.1 Prior analysis is incorporated into the project by attaching the textual and graphical information used to document this phase and serve as a reference in subsequent projects.

CR 5.2 Previous ideas are integrated into the project by incorporating drawings, schemas, or texts to document the decision-making phase.

CR 5.3 The selected materials are specified in the project specifying their raw qualities and dimensions to be taken into account when calculating the economic conditions of the project.

CR 5.4 The economic conditions are incorporated into the project through the elaboration of the budget, defining from the forecast of consumption of materials, auxiliary means and the expected labor and its cost for its presentation and in case approval by the client.

CR 5.5 The phases, deadlines and processes of quality control and safety are incorporated into the project through the elaboration plan, to serve as a guide in the elaboration and supervision of the musical instrument of rope and as a commitment of delivery at the time set.

Professional context:

Production media:

Specialized and professional information on string musical instruments. Graphic techniques. Systems of representation. Materials and useful for graphic representation. Drawing and measuring tools (king foot, rules, squads, cards, compas, among others). Hardware and software.

Products and results:

Information about string musical instruments identified, analyzed, evaluated, archived and classified. Specifications of the musical instrument defined. Sketches. Drawings. Flat. Templates at scale 1:1. Characteristics of graphically defined string musical instruments. Economic budget. Preparation plan. Design and construction project.

Information used or generated:

Project design and construction of string musical instruments. Preparation plan. Models. Templates. Technical data sheets for wood characteristics. Means of selection of woods. Regulations on occupational and environmental risks. Regulations on timber and other protected materials CITES (Convention International Trade in Endangered Species) among others.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: SELECT AND STORE TIMBERS FOR BUILDING ARTISANS ' MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

Level: 3

Code: UC1854_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Acquire the timbers for musical instruments by selecting them according to the function, dimensions, and mechanical characteristics of the pieces in which it is to be transformed, to proceed to its conditioning and storage.

CR 1.1 The wood is selected visually and to the touch and by means of tools (brushes and scrapes) the waste zones, rajas, reversed, repeat and knots, among others to value its quality.

CR 1.2 Wood is selected taking into account its age, degree of drying, quality, type of cut, physical qualities (hardness and colouring), linearity, widths and vetoes changes to assess its application to the pieces of the wood. musical instrument.

CR 1.3 The wood is acquired by selecting it based on the commercial types used in the construction of musical instruments and checking its origin to ensure compliance with the protection regulations. environmental.

CR 1.4 The timbers are selected taking into account the formal characteristics of the usual builder models and their sourcing needs, to verify their usefulness and the maintenance of the builder.

RP 2: Classify wood for musical instruments based on their commercial denomination, purpose, physical and aesthetic qualities to keep inventory up to date.

CR 2.1 The wood is identified from its visual and tactile examination, checking its commercial denomination and quality, to ensure its availability and adequacy to the needs established in the project.

CR 2.2 Wood is classified by valuing its aesthetic, mechanical and dimensional qualities to enable and facilitate its selection based on project specifications.

CR 2.3 The wood types are grouped, taking into account their use in the parts that make up the musical instruments, their commercial denomination, quality, degree of drying and stability, to facilitate the elaboration of the inventory.

RP 3: Store and inventory pieces of wood for musical instruments, applying the established procedures, to ensure their quality, availability, conditions of use and work safety and environmental.

CR 3.1 Wood is stored in the form of cross-stacking, cross-stacking, collandes, among other systems, ensuring air circulation to ensure homogeneous drying and avoid deterioration.

CR 3.2 Wood testas are sealed if applicable, waterproofing them to avoid straws.

CR 3.3 The warehouse is organized according to types, function, qualities and drying, among other considerations, to facilitate the location and availability of the woods.

CR 3.4 Occupational and environmental safety is ensured by implementing the measures laid down in the regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks related to materials, tools and storage operations woods to avoid risks.

CR 3.5 The inventory is made by quantifying the timbers, identifying the commercial designation date of acquisition and supplier, among other data, taking into account the CITES regulations (Convention International Trade in Endangered Species), to enable functional management of the warehouse and to determine stocks and shortages.

CR 3.6 The inventory is managed using manual or database computer systems to keep it up to date.

Professional context:

Production media:

Manual and digital database systems. Warehouse. Paints, tails, paraffin, among others, for the sealing of wood testas. Measurement tools and templates. Brush and scratch to assess the tonality of the woods and possible defects.

Products and results:

Timber acquired, selected, classified, prepared for drying, stored and inventoried.

Information used or generated:

CITES Regulations (Convention International Trade in Endangered Species). Commercial catalogues of wood for musical instruments. Production forecasts for musical instruments. Wood handbooks. Regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks related to timber storage.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: HANDCRAFTED ARCHES OF STRING MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

Level: 3

Code: UC1864_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Develop the rod and head of the arc according to the specifications of the construction project, applying techniques of selection, roughing, bending and carving, in conditions of quality, and occupational safety and environmental, to guarantee the expected result.

CR 1.1 Specifications relating to arc characteristics, processes, techniques, and methods of manufacturing the rod and head are identified in the construction project to conform to the requirements of the construction project.

CR 1.2 The wood for making the rod is chosen taking into account cutting, seniority, strength, elasticity, weight, color, beauty, type of instrument to conform to the model established in the project and guarantee its quality.

CR 1.3 The rod is broken, folded and cut according to the specific techniques to obtain an approximation to its measures and definitive forms.

CR 1.4 The longitudinal cut, the final hole and the nipple of the rod are performed taking into account the type of instrument, to ensure its dimensions.

CR 1.5 The thicknesses of the rod are approximated taking into account the weight of the wood and the curvature of the arch, maintaining the octagonal section, verifying them by means of measurement, weight and visual control to achieve the model set.

CR 1.6 The rod head is made by carving out its shape, sizing and adjusting the ivory, ebony, or fiber plates to ensure the tension of the rod and the clamping of the crines.

CR 1.7 The depth, size and shape of the morcup of the head is determined and elaborated according to the amount of crines to ensure the attachment of the crines.

CR 1.8 The procedures and techniques for the production of rod and head are made prior to the selection, preparation and conditioning of the materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process their instructions use, to ensure the artisan quality of the result and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

CR 1.9 Compliance with established specifications is verified by measuring instruments, visual control to ensure product quality.

RP 2: Develop the nut and button according to the specifications of the project of the arc construction, by means of carving, plating and inlay techniques, in quality conditions, respecting the rules of prevention of occupational risks and environmental to ensure the expected outcome.

CR 2.1 The nut rail is done by trapezoidal carving, silver, alpaca or gold, to ensure the support of the rod and the displacement of the nut over it.

CR 2.2 The concave shape of the walnut sides is obtained by carving to facilitate fastening and lightening weight.

CR 2.3 The depth, size and shape of the walnut morcup is determined and elaborated according to the amount of crines to ensure the grip of the crines.

CR 2.4 The motherboard and ring are fitted to the nut by making its housing therein to protect and hold the crines.

CR 2.5 The nut is finished by knife, lime and lijas to get its final shape.

CR 2.6 The button is made taking into account the materials and shape of the nut to ensure the functionality and aesthetic coherence of the set, and the originality of the author.

CR 2.7 The procedures and techniques for nut and button processing are performed prior to the selection, preparation and conditioning of the materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process their instructions for use, to ensure the artisan quality of the result and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

CR 2.8 Compliance with established specifications is verified by measuring instruments, visual and acoustic control to ensure the quality of the product.

RP 3: Perform the assembly of the arc parts, according to the procedure established in the construction project, verifying and correcting the alignment of the nut and head, in conditions of quality, and safety of the work and the environment, to ensure the operation of the nut.

CR 3.1 The nut is adapted to the rod by performing a quadrangular perforation in it, ensuring that the nut nut operates freely to ensure its functionality.

CR 3.2 The adjustment and placement of the button is done by checking the dimensions of the holes and correcting, if any, their defects, to ensure their accommodation and functionality.

CR 3.3 The arc assembly is repassed and verified by means of measurement and visual control of the adjustment of its parts to ensure its functionality and quality.

CR 3.4 The curvature of the rod and its section is checked by manual tensioning, after the winding process, to ensure its functionality and quality.

CR 3.5 The assembly procedures are performed prior to the selection, preparation and conditioning of the materials, tools, tools and equipment, respecting during the process their instructions for use, in order to guarantee the quality artesana of the result and prevent occupational and environmental risks.

CR 3.6 Compliance with established specifications is verified by measuring instruments, visual and acoustic control to ensure the quality of the assembly.

RP 4: Encrinar the arc, according to the model established in the construction project, by means of techniques of selection, preparation, knotting, assembly and equalization of crines, in conditions of quality and safety of work and environment, to ensure sonority, acoustics and resistance.

CR 4.1 The quantity, quality and size of the crines are selected according to the arc model to conform to the required technical performance.

CR 4.2 The process of knotting the ends of the selected crines mallet is performed by applying the specific technique to ensure the attachment of its ends.

CR 4.3 The attachment of the crines to the nut is made by fixing its sealed knot by means of specific lace procedures to allow its tensioning.

CR 4.4 The cutting of the crines ' mallet is done after its combing and checking its length to allow for its head and rear mounting.

CR 4.5 The crib is finished by placing the plate and ring in the nut, combing the crines and verifying their attachment, for later retouching.

CR 4.6 Crines are replayed by applying moisture and heat to obtain and ensure the homogeneity of their respective lengths.

CR 4.7 The tools, tools the work area are maintained and used in compliance with the instructions for use, cleaning and maintenance to ensure their conservation and to avoid occupational and environmental risks.

CR 4.8 Machining techniques are performed prior to the selection, preparation and conditioning of materials, tools, tools and equipment, and respecting during the process their instructions for use, in order to guarantee quality artesana of the result and prevent occupational and environmental risks.

RP 5: Retouch the final shape of the arc, using manual techniques of carving, polishing, curving, in conditions of quality and safety of work and environment, to ensure its finishing under the conditions established.

CR 5.1 The curve and thicknesses of the rod are verified and replayed by means of weight and measurement instruments and techniques of carving, sanding and fine polishing to ensure the weight and strength of the established model.

CR 5.2 The rod is finished in round or octagonal section from the handgrip, depending on the weight of the wood to reduce it and obtain the one defined in the project.

CR 5.3 The head of the arc is completely finished in its profiles and edges by carving and sanding techniques to give it the final shape as per project.

CR 5.4 The beauty enhancement of the wood of the rod is guaranteed by applying fine polishing procedures or techniques to obtain the smooth and smooth touch intended to ensure aesthetic characteristics.

CR 5.5 The techniques of retouching of form are carried out after selection, preparation and conditioning of the tools, tools and equipment and respecting during the process its conditions of use to guarantee the artisan quality of the result and prevent occupational and environmental risks.

CR 5.6 Compliance with established specifications is verified by measuring instruments, visual and acoustic control to ensure the quality of the product.

RP 6: Perform the finish of the arc by guaranteeing the color, protection, balance, beautification and balance of its parts, according to the intended model, to ensure the aesthetics and quality of the artesan arch.

CR 6.1 The color of the rod is achieved by applying natural or chemical products according to traditional artisans established in the project to ensure quality handcrafted colouring.

CR 6.2 The process of coloring and varnishing is done with the personal and environmental protection means established to prevent risks.

CR 6.3 The durability, brightness and transparency of the varnish is achieved by applying traditional methods of varnishing to ensure an artisan product with quality assurance.

CR 6.4 The arc balance and protection is secured by placing and fixing the trim on the handgrip to increase the diameter of the rod.

CR 6.5 The trim of the handgrip is made with materials such as silver thread, gold, plastic among others to ensure balance and protection of the hand contact.

CR 6.6 The lining of the handgrip trim is performed with Napa, goat, lizard and other skin to ensure attachment and adherence of the hand to the bow.

CR 6.7 The tools, tools, the work zone are maintained and used in compliance with the instructions for use, cleaning and maintenance to ensure their conservation and to avoid occupational and environmental risks.

CR 6.8 Compliance with established specifications is verified by measuring instruments, visual and acoustic control to ensure the quality of the product.

Professional context:

Production media:

Wood of Pernambuco. Ivory. Ebano. Madreperla. Silver. Gold. Ring. Knee. Button. Natural horse crines. Shellac. Natural oils. Gold thread, silver or plastic imitation whale beard. Natural skin of Napa, goat or lizard. Natural yarn. Powder resin. Alcohol. White tail. Synthetic glues. Slide plate. Bank of work. Around for metal. Column drill. Ribbon saw. Limes. Luthier's knives. Utensils for holding the nut and the arch. Brushes. Scrapes with blade at 90 degrees. Lijas. Millimeter gauge. Strawberries. Tin welder. Alcohol lamp.

Products and results:

Materials for construction of prepared arc parts. Rod with head. Nut rail. Walnut. Mortaza. Nipple. Button. Assembled arc pieces. Natural varnishes. Bow dyed and varnished. Bow grip. Cringed bow. Arc finished.

Information used or generated:

Arc Construction Project. Models. Templates. Tables with measures of violin arches, viola, cello and bass. Technical data sheets for wood characteristics. Means of selection of the wood of Pernambuco. Regulations on occupational and environmental risks. Protected timber regulations.

COMPETITION UNIT 4: MAINTAIN AND REPAIR STRING MUSICAL INSTRUMENT ARCHES

Level: 3

Code: UC1865_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Determine the intervention plan to be performed on the arc to maintain or repair, assessing its characteristics and conditions and assessing the economic cost to undertake the performance with guarantee of viability and quality.

CR 1.1 The characteristics of the arc (style, instrument, conservation status, among others) are identified to bring up the repair or maintenance performances while preserving their identity signs.

CR 1.2 The arc conditions are visually assessed by identifying the gaps to determine the appropriate repair or maintenance performance.

CR 1.3 The characteristics and conditions of the damaged arc are documented by photographs, written descriptions, drawings, and schemas to record their initial status.

CR 1.4 The intervention plan is decided on the basis of the assessment of the characteristics and conditions of the arc, and according to them to ensure a performance adapted to their identity signs.

CR 1.5 The actions, materials, procedures, tools, and date of delivery to the client are specified in an intervention plan to facilitate their execution under quality conditions.

CR 1.6 The economic cost of the intervention is valued by calculating the expenses and labor time to present the budget to the customer.

RP 2: Perform the maintenance of arches as set out in the intervention plan, by means of specific cleaning techniques and procedures, change of grip and crines, in conditions of quality and work safety and environmental, to recover its maximum performance and beauty.

CR 2.1 Maintenance operations are performed, as set out in the intervention plan to ensure respect for the originality of the arc during the operations.

CR 2.2 Maintenance operations are performed after the arc is disassembled, to ensure a quality performance, the integrity of the parts, and a confirmation of their conservation status or deterioration.

CR 2.3 Cleaning of the parts (rod, nut, button, handgrip metal, ivory tip), as well as the cleaning and renovation of the varnish are performed according to the procedure laid down in the intervention plan, and depending on the material, to ensure its preservation, the removal of dirt and the quality of the action.

CR 2.4 The skin change of the grip is performed by ensuring the removal of debris from the surface of the wood to ensure the placement of the new one.

CR 2.5 The change of crines is performed according to the specific technique, taking into account the model to ensure the functional recovery of the arc.

CR 2.6 Tools, tools, and materials are used in accordance with the instructions for use, cleaning and maintenance to ensure their conservation prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

CR 2.7 The work area is kept clean and tidy, according to the cleaning and maintenance standards to allow for the rapid location of inventory of materials, auxiliary tools, tools and tools.

RP 3: Review and retouch the curvature of the string musical instrument arc, as set out in the intervention plan, in quality and safety and environmental conditions to ensure its functionality.

CR 3.1 The curvy review and retouching operations are carried out, as set out in the intervention plan to ensure respect for the originality of the arc during the same.

CR 3.2 The remains of the vara resins are removed by the application of products in accordance with the nature of the resin, to avoid their burning and to affect the retouching process during the warming of the arc.

CR 3.3 The flexibility of the rod is checked by manual tensioning to confirm its status and avoid breakages during the bending process.

CR 3.4 The rod is curved by application of heat and pressure, verifying its curvature, to recover its original shape.

CR 3.5 Tools, tools, and materials are used in accordance with the instructions for use, cleaning and maintenance to ensure their conservation and compliance with the standards for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

RP 4: Repair breaks in the rod, head of arches by means of bonding and reinforcement, as established in the intervention plan, in conditions of quality and safety of work and environment to recover the formal and functional integrity of the arc.

CR 4.1 The repair operations on rod, head, and nipple breakage are performed, as set out in the intervention plan to ensure respect for the originality of the arc during the same.

CR 4.2 The breakages are repaired by sizing (epoxy tail) to ensure the formal and functional recovery of the part.

CR 4.3 The attachment by sizing the parts is reinforced by introducing a screw between the pieces to avoid securing it.

CR 4.4 Tools, tools and materials are used in accordance with the instructions for use, cleaning and maintenance to ensure that they are maintained to ensure compliance with the rules on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental.

CR 4.5 The work area is kept clean and tidy, according to the cleaning and maintenance standards to allow for the rapid location of inventory of materials, auxiliary tools, tools and tools.

CR 4.6 The process of repair of breakage in rod and head is carried out with criteria of occupational safety and environmental and of the artisan quality to achieve the intended result avoiding risks.

RP 5: Repair rod nipples through obturation and wood drilling techniques, as set out in the intervention plan, under quality, occupational safety and environmental conditions to return their functionality.

CR 5.1 The repair operations of the nut breaks are performed according to the plan of intervention to ensure respect for the originality of the arch during the same.

CR 5.2 The breaks produced in the nut holes are repaired by complete shutter to reopen a new hole.

CR 5.3 New holes are made after the complete obturation of the old or defective ones, with Pernambuco wood to ensure the adjustment of the parts and avoid weakening in the affected area.

CR 5.4 The work area is kept clean and tidy, according to the cleaning and maintenance standards to allow for the rapid location of inventory of materials, auxiliary tools, tools and tools.

CR 5.5 Tools, tools and materials are used in accordance with the instructions for use, cleaning and maintenance to ensure their preservation to ensure compliance with the rules on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental.

CR 5.6 The arc nipple repair process is performed with work safety and environmental and artisan quality criteria to achieve the intended outcome by avoiding risks.

RP 6: Repair breaks in the rod, using assembly or encastre techniques, as set out in the intervention plan, under conditions of quality, occupational safety and environmental to return the formal and functional integrity of the arc.

CR 6.1 The breakage repair operations on the handgrip are performed, as set out in the intervention plan to ensure respect for the originality of the arc during the same.

CR 6.2 Vara breaks with material loss are repaired by replacing it with a new piece by joining it to the rod by assembling or framing techniques to recover the original length.

CR 6.3 The new nut and button are done once the encastre is performed, applying the specific nut-making technique and button to retrieve its function.

CR 6.4 Tools, tools, and work materials are used in accordance with the instructions for use, cleaning and maintenance to ensure their conservation, functionality and to prevent occupational and environmental risks.

CR 6.5 The work area is kept clean and tidy, according to the cleaning and maintenance standards to allow for the rapid location of inventory of materials, auxiliary tools, tools and tools.

CR 6.6 The process of repair of breakages in the rod is carried out with criteria of occupational safety and environmental and of the artisan quality to achieve the intended result avoiding risks.

Professional context:

Production media:

Natural Horse Crines. Ivory plates. Silver threads. Tail for wood. Epoxy glues. Wood pieces from Pernambuco. Natural skin. Elastic Woods. Ropes. Screws. Shellac. Varnishes. Bank of work. Around for metal. Column drill. Conical scariers. Long, superarid steel bits. Ribbon saw. Limes. Luthier's own knives. Utensils for holding the nut and the arch. Brushes. Scrapes with blade at 90 degrees. Lijas. Millimeter gauge. Strawberries. Alcohol lamp.

Products and results:

Determination of repair or maintenance interventions. Budget for the intervention. Evaluation of the characteristics of arches. Assessment of arcs conditions. Intervention plan (maintenance or repair). Clean arches. Varnished arches. Arcs with new cringed. Rod, head and nipple repaired. Repaired grips.

Information used or generated:

Documentation on the origin of the crines, (horse or mare, China or Mongolia), color, treatments prior to their use. Catalogue of prices of raw materials. Models of ancient arches. Regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks. Information on the bending of the arches. Repair or maintenance intervention plan. Photographs of arches to repair. Written descriptions, drawings, and arches to be repaired.

COMPETITION UNIT 5: ORGANIZE THE PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITY OF A CRAFT WORKSHOP

Level: 2

Code: UC1690_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Define the objectives of the craftsman workshop when carrying out the feasibility plan, taking into account the reality of the market in order to achieve maximum profitability of the resources and investments.

CR 1.1 Investments for the creation of an artisan workshop are valued on the basis of their depreciation to ensure the profitability of the artisan workshop.

CR 1.2 The possibilities of making parts of the artisan workshop are analyzed taking into account the investment in machinery and tools to achieve the maximum profitability of the resources.

CR 1.3 Production is estimated taking into account the market situation to make the investment made in the craft workshop profitable.

CR 1.4 The corporate image of the artisan workshop provided for in the feasibility plan is decided on the basis of proposed drawings and logos to provide the workshop with a graphic identity for the market.

RP 2: Structure the workshop taking into account human and material resources, adjusting to standards on quality, job security and environmental management to ensure optimal storage and production.

CR 2.1 The spaces are defined and identified taking into account the regulations on occupational risks to adapt it to the production needs and the storage conditions of raw materials and processed products.

CR 2.2 The jobs are identified taking into account the functions and processes to be carried out in the workshop for further integration into the production process, taking into account what is established in the labor regulations.

CR 2.3 The allocation of tools and machinery is defined taking into account the production needs to ensure the productive processes of the artisan workshop and the established forecasts.

CR 2.4 The distribution of the machinery in the workshop is done taking into account the regulations on occupational hazards to ensure at all times the safety of the workers.

CR 2.5 The safety conditions of the machinery are verified taking into account the regulations on occupational hazards and environmental management and user manuals to ensure the safety of the operators.

RP 3: Carry out the work and tax obligations plan and possible grants, identifying tax and labour regulations and procedures, and the calls for grants to craft workshops to organise the Workshop effectively.

CR 3.1 The documentation is identified taking into account the tax and labor regulations to initiate economic activity.

CR 3.2 Existing grants and other public subsidies at local, regional or state level are identified taking into account the calls in order to request in time and form aid for the workshops. artisans.

CR 3.3 The options for the hiring of workers are considered taking into account labour regulations to cover the needs of production.

CR 3.4 The timing of taxes and social security contributions is periodically reviewed for the purpose of making payments that would allow the current of tax obligations to be linked to the workshop. artesan.

RP 4: Develop a quote for the part or series to be performed by calculating the costs to decide their profitability.

CR 4.1 The consumption of raw materials, tools, auxiliary media and energy is valued taking into account its cost for the production of the budget.

CR 4.2 Labor costs are incorporated into the budgets to be passed on to the final price of the piece.

CR 4.3 Presentation, packaging, transport costs are incorporated into the budgets to be passed on to the final price of the part.

CR 4.4 The costs of general maintenance and amortization expenses of the workshop and the value added value of the product are incorporated into the budgets to be passed on to the final price of the piece.

RP 5: Ensure supply of supplies, combining needs with stocks to ensure the development of planned production.

CR 5.1 The provisioning forecast is made taking into account the needs of raw materials, the auxiliary means, the tools and the tools and the fuel to ensure the development of the workshop activity.

CR 5.2 Supplies stocks are counted faithfully to keep inventory up to date.

CR 5.3 Providers are related by a database by collecting their features and other singularities that identify them in order to perform the required order orders.

CR 5.4 Supply orders are prepared by pointing out the characteristics of the materials, the quantities and the delivery times to avoid shortages in the activity of the artisan workshop.

RP 6: Define the production marketing strategy of the workshop based on the distribution channels of the artisan product to ensure its sale.

CR 6.1 The marketing formulas for artisan products are selected based on the characteristics of the market to select the most advantageous.

CR 6.2 The product presentation plan is proposed taking into account the marketing formula of products from the artisan workshop to be introduced into the selected market.

CR 6.3 The system of valuation and control of the sale of products is made by monitoring the marketing results to introduce corrective measures if the findings are not in line with the project company.

Professional context:

Production media:

Means for budgeting and cost assessment. Labour and tax regulations in force for micro-enterprises. Costs of materials, fuels and electricity. Drawings of the workshop and facilities.

Products and results:

Viability plan. Application for grants. Labour budgets. Tax plan. Payments of tax obligations. Product presentation plan proposals. Manufacturing and sales control system. Marketing plan. Budget for craft products. Inventory of supplies. Supply needs for supplies. Orders for supplies.

Information used or generated:

Tax and labor regulations in force. Grants from local, regional and state administration. Marketing formulas. Technical sheets of materials. Designs of craft pieces. Technical sheets of craft products. Supplier relationship. Inventory of materials. Supply needs for raw materials, auxiliary media, tools and tools.

TRAINING MODULE 1: DESIGN AND CRAFT CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS FOR STRING MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

Level: 3

Code: MF1853_3

Associate with UC: Develop the design and craft construction project of string musical instruments

Duration: 150 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Identify and analyze information about string musical instruments related to historical background, materials, techniques, and construction processes.

CE1.1 Describe systems of collection, selection and archiving of information related to artistic and technical projects of construction of musical instruments of string.

CE1.2 Citar the constructive modalities of schools and traditions in the area of Lutheran describing the characteristics, constructive techniques, materials and tools.

CE1.3 In a practical case of identifying styles of musical instruments from photographs of various musical instruments given, identifying the style to which each model belongs, describing its characteristics artistic, aesthetic, technical, mechanical-acoustic and material.

CE1.4 In a practical scenario of collecting and selecting information for the development of a construction project referred to a pre-existing model, from all types of documents on trends, styles, journals, studies, plans, drawings or photographs, among others proposed, analyze, identify and classify information related to the model to be developed.

CE1.5 In a practical information collection scenario for the development of a construction project, based on the client's demands collected through interviews and questionnaires, among others, to recognize the needs specific to a customer based on their explanations and requirements, and to develop a model proposal to build.

C2: Determine formal, aesthetic, technical, mechanical-acoustic specifications of a string musical instrument in different assumptions or situations from collected and evaluated information.

CE2.1 Describe and identify methods of analysis of sources of information on string musical instruments.

CE2.2 Describe formal-formal, functional, structural, material and technical conditions, relating to their influence on the determination of specifications of string musical instruments.

CE2.3 In a scenario of determining the specification of string musical instruments, from a list of conditions:

-Sketch the dimensions and shapes of the string musical instrument.

-Determine the qualities of the materials by relating them to their function.

-Develop structural specifications using schemas and drawings.

-Elaborate formal and decorative proposals through drawings.

CE2.4 In a practical case of material recognition (timbers) of a project in compliance with the environmental management criteria and the needs of the recipient:

-Identify timbers according to degree of drying, hardness and aesthetic properties.

-Select the materials according to their functionality.

-Apply environmental requirements in the resolution of orders.

CE2.5 Relate the acoustics of the string musical instruments with the perceptive qualities of the materials by setting the specifications according to their design.

C3: Apply manual and computer graphical representation techniques for string musical instruments from their formal and symbolic-aesthetic specifications.

CE3.1 Citar procedures, instruments and graphical representation techniques related to its application in development of lutheria projects.

CE3.2 Describe international standards by relating their use in drawing and representation of string musical instruments.

CE3.3 Describe the characteristics of the drawing and drawing programs of plans relating to their application in Lutheran.

CE3.4 In a practical scenario of performing graphical representations, based on documentation given on the formal and symbolic-aesthetic specifications of the musical instrument of string.

-Set the manual or digital procedures, techniques, and instruments to use for rendering.

-Perform sketches representing the formal and symbolic-aesthetic characteristics of the string musical instrument.

-Make planes at 1: 1 scale of the shapes and dimensions of the elements of the string musical instrument.

-Graphically reintroduce the constructive solutions of the string musical instrument and parts using computer media.

C4: Confect plans for the elaboration of string musical instruments from the documentation that includes their characteristics, materials, techniques, and economic conditions.

CE4.1 Describe the documentation types of a project by relating the graphical and written information.

CE4.2 In a practical scenario of sorting the job streams from a given project:

-Make the disposition of the assembly phases by taking care of the phases of the assembly by optimizing time and resources.

-Apply optimization criteria in project development.

-Select the fulfillment tools that match the characteristics of the established documentation.

-Specify the relationship of materials by determining their quality.

-Compose the elaboration plan by incorporating the previous decisions.

CE4.3 Describe the economic factors of the cost of a musical string instrument, distinguishing between materials and labor.

CE4.4 In a practical scenario of making plans for the development of musical instruments of rope, taking into account the norms of prevention of occupational and environmental risks, economy of means, effort and time, and from of a given project, perform the following activities:

-Define the materials specifications by calculating their volume.

-Temporarily and functionally organize production phases.

-Set deadlines and run times.

-Calculate materials and labor costs.

-Compose the elaboration plan.

C5: Organize project documentation from graphic and written documents from string musical instrument projects.

CE5.1 Describe the structure and formal organization of a project of a musical string instrument, relating to its usefulness, presentation to the client and the process of realization.

CE5.2 List the graphic and written documents to include in the documentation of a project of a string musical instrument justifying its incorporation.

CE5.3 In a practical documentation organization scenario, prepare a document with the economic conditions from the forecast of material consumption, auxiliary media and labor.

CE5.4 In a convenient documentation organization scenario, from the same, perform the following activities:

-Arrange the structure of the document in chapters.

-Select the graphical documents to include with communicative criteria.

-Select the useful technical and economic information.

-Incorporate the set of with graphical consistency and formal unit criteria.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.3, CE1.4 and CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.3 and CE2.4; C3 with respect to CE3.4; C4 with respect to CE4.2 and CE4.4; C5 with respect to CE5.3 and CE5.4.

Other capabilities:

Prove a good professional.

Use time and effort to extend knowledge and supplemental information to use in your work.

Propose challenging targets that represent a higher level of performance and effectiveness than previously achieved.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Interpret and respond to customer demands.

Treat the customer with courtesy, respect and discretion.

Demonstrate creativity in the development of the work you do.

Contents:

1. Information and background for string musical instrument projects

Historical evolution of musical instruments: styles, among others.

Defining the structural features of the instrument.

The typology of musical instruments.

Selection of information.

Qualities of musical instruments: form, aesthetic uses; basic and accessory functions, and acoustic requirements.

2. Structure of construction projects for musical instruments

Definition of the initial requirements, control of the information. Planning and monitoring of project processes: methodology and description.

The construction projects of musical instruments today: trends and styles.

The project process: intuition and method.

Formal and informative unit and consistency in project presentation.

3. Structural elements of a musical instrument

Study of the structural characteristics of a musical instrument: record of components according to the parts of the musical instrument, conventional and innovative materials, classification of specifications.

Useful preparation procedure: types of materials depending on the design to be performed, selection of the itinerary to be developed, tool maintenance.

Specification Analysis Techniques: the constituent formal traits of a typology related to previous models, equating some properties or traits with the preceding documentation.

4. Sound elements of a musical instrument

Acoustics and sound: doorbell, tone, color, tesitura.

Study of the sound characteristics of a musical instrument.

Specification analysis techniques: relationship between elements, materials and parts and acoustic characteristics of string musical instruments.

5. Graphic representation techniques for musical instrument design

Selection of representation systems in the determination of shapes and structures: drawing and graphic-plastic resources of description, reflection on an idea, assessment and choice of treatment to be used.

Use of computer equipment in the processing of graphics: support programs, databases on the Internet.

Collection of data on representation systems: functional, communicative and aesthetic values; influence of design on the development and evolution of musical references and musical instruments.

6. Organisation, quality and safety in the development of musical instruments

Documentation and analysis systems: control of materials, production processes; structural and decorative elements.

Sequence and management of production phases: division of processes in stages, integration of materials, technology and price, reports of performance of traditional materials (timbers) and innovators (carbon fibre); recognition of procedures in the provision of project phases.

Quality verification systems and procedures in craft environments.

Measures of attention to safety at work: economy of means, systems of respect to specific ergonomic conditioning, selection of processes synthesis of effort factors/time/result.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Multipurpose Classroom of at least 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

Classroom 60 m² graphic expression workshop.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Mastery of knowledge and techniques related to the development of design and craft construction projects of string musical instruments, which will be accredited by one of the following ways:

-Academic training of Licentiated/a, degree of equivalent degree or of other higher levels related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: WOODS FOR BUILDING ARTISANS ' MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

Level: 3

Code: MF1854_3

Associate to UC: Select and store timbers for building artisans ' musical instruments

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Apply selection criteria in the acquisition of wood, raw or custom, for artisan musical instruments, depending on the pieces in which it is to be transformed.

CE1.1 Describe the most common defects (rajas, reversed, knots, among others) that present the raw wood or as a measure related to the quality characteristics of the artisans.

CE1.2 Describe the verification procedures of raw or custom timbers by relating the factors that cause the defects.

CE1.3 Describe the factors that are considered in the assessment of the visual and mechanical quality of the raw timbers or as they relate to the final characteristics of the musical instrument.

CE1.4 Describe CITES (Convention International Trade in Endangered Species) regulations relating to environmental protection regulations.

CE1.5 In a scenario of applying selection criteria, based on project specifications and given samples:

-Decide the type of wood to use based on its physical and aesthetic characteristics.

-Identify the timbers given from their physical characteristics.

-Set the parameters to verify in the samples by determining the procedure to use.

-Verify your quality through visual and tactile procedures.

-Select the timbers to use from given.

C2: Apply wood classification techniques, raw or custom, for artisan musical instruments, by using criteria to identify them.

CE2.1 Describe standardized commercial denominations by relating them to their use in the construction of musical instruments.

CE2.2 Describe factors affecting aesthetic and mechanical qualities by relating them to their use in the construction of musical instruments.

CE2.3 Describe the identification criteria and timber classification procedures relating to their use in the maintenance and management of the warehouse.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario of applying criteria and classification techniques, based on project specifications and given samples:

-Identify the types corresponding to the timbers given by their trade name.

-Set your classification by qualities and sizes.

-Identify the parts that can be obtained from them according to their characteristics.

-Perform classification by commercial categories.

C3: Apply timbers storage criteria, raw or measured, for artisan musical instruments taking into account accessibility, location and maintenance of warehouses, with quality and safety criteria.

CE3.1 Describe storage procedures relating to the quality characteristics of the timbers used in the construction of musical instruments.

CE3.2 Describe stored wood protection techniques relating to the quality characteristics of the timbers used in the construction of musical instruments.

CE3.3 Describe the criteria for the organization of wood stores, relating them to the maintenance of the qualities of wood used in the construction of musical instruments.

CE3.4 In a practical scenario of application of storage criteria and procedures, based on a description and given samples, applying the regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks:

-Define the organization and storage criteria based on the given information.

-Perform the slatting of the samples by ensuring the stability of the wood.

-Carry out the sealing of the testas by ensuring the stability of the wood.

-Perform the entire process while respecting work and environmental security measures.

C4: Apply techniques and procedures for inventorying wood and materials for artisan musical instruments through the use of identification criteria and tools for processing and maintenance.

CE4.1 Set criteria for the identification of woods by linking them with their use for the construction of musical instruments.

CE4.2 Feature computer tools and techniques and manuals used in inventory processing.

CE4.3 In a practical scenario of applying criteria and classification techniques, based on project specifications and given samples:

-Identify the types corresponding to the timbers given by their trade name.

-Select and apply classification criteria.

-Develop an inventory of the samples given using those criteria.

-Use IT tools by viewing operations for up to date maintenance and management.

-Identify the parts that can be obtained from them according to their characteristics.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.4; C3 with respect to CE3.4; C4 with respect to CE4.3.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Finish the job within the set deadlines.

Propose alternatives to improve results.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Contents:

1. Types of wood in the construction of musical instruments

Commercial types.

Mechanical characteristics.

Types of veins.

Types of cuts.

Commercial Presentations.

Quality standards.

Wood-related environmental protection regulations: origin, protected species, CITES certifications (Convention International Trade in Endangered Species).

2. Wood inventory and storage systems for the construction of musical instruments

Classification and inventory criteria.

Storage conditions: ventilation, temperature, humidity and conditioning.

Timber protection techniques.

Computer tools applied to timbers inventories.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Multipurpose Classroom of at least 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

Classroom 60 m² graphic expression workshop.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the selection and storage of wood for the construction of musical instruments artisans, which will be accredited by one of the following forms:

-Academic training of Licentiated/a, degree of equivalent degree or of other higher levels related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

FORMATIVE MODULE 3: ARTISANAL CONSTRUCTION OF STRING MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

Level: 3

Code: MF1864_3

Associated with UC: Craft Arches of String Musical Instruments

Duration: 240 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Interpreting project construction of arcs of string musical instruments, identifying the specifications-characteristics, materials, processes, techniques and methods of elaboration, assembly and finishing of the model elaborate.

CE1.1 Define the structure of an arcs construction project, identifying relevant information to the realization process.

CE1.2 Identify materials used in the construction of arcs by relating their characteristics and dimensions to their function in the instrument.

CE1.3 In a practical scenario of interpreting arcs projects, from one given, perform the following activities:

-Identify the dimensional, material, and quality specifications of the model to be built.

-Calculate the dimensions of raw materials.

-Identify the processing techniques or procedures relating to the operations to be performed.

-Identify the specifications of the elaboration plan.

C2: Apply techniques for selecting, cutting, bending and carving wood in the production of rod and head of arcs of musical instruments of string as specified in construction projects, with quality criteria and security.

CE2.1 Identify the criteria to be considered in the choice of woods for the elaboration of the arc rod.

CE2.2 Describe the processing techniques of the rod and head justifying its application.

CE2.3 Identify the quality control measures used during the vara and head processing process.

CE2.4 Identify the tools and equipment to be used in the production of the rod and head by specifying its characteristics instructions for use, maintenance, and related to the techniques and operations of the process.

CE2.5 Identify the labor risks associated with the operations performed and tools and machines used in the process of manufacturing the rod and head relating them to the measures to avoid them.

CE2.6 In a practical application of the application of the techniques for the production of rod and head of an arc, from a given project:

-Choose the timbers by verifying the cut, age, strength, weight, color, beauty, type of instrument.

-Select and use the tools and machines according to the technique and operation to be performed, under security conditions, verifying their state of use.

-Perform the conical and octagonal degrese of the rod, avoiding imperfections.

-Double the rod by getting the curve according to template.

-Cut the rod, verifying thicknesses, selecting and using the relevant tools under security conditions.

-Perform hole and nipple considering the characteristics specified in the project.

-Define the profile and carve the head, according to the corresponding template.

-Perform fiber and ivory stuck in the head.

-Draw the morcup according to the arc model.

C3: Apply techniques and procedures for carving, plating and embedding in nut processing and button arcs of string musical instruments, based on the specifications of the construction project, with criteria of quality and safety.

CE3.1 Describe the function of the nut and button, relating it to materials, techniques, and tools to be used in the processing process.

CE3.2 Describe the nut and button processing process by justifying the sequence of the operations to be performed.

CE3.3 Identify quality control measures used during the process of rod and head processing.

CE3.4 Identify tools and equipment to be used in nut processing and button specifying their characteristics instructions for use, maintenance, and relating them to the techniques and operations of the process.

CE3.5 Identify the labor risks associated with the operations performed and tools and machines used in the process of manufacturing the rod and head relating them to the measures to avoid them.

CE3.6 In a practical case of nut processing and a bow button, from the specifications given in a project:

-Choose the materials based on model specifications.

-Choose and verify the good state of the tools and tools to use during the processing process, depending on the technique to be applied.

-Develop the nut by applying the techniques of carving, plating and polishing and verifying the quality of the operations.

-Mount the octagonal rings (industrial processing) on ebony.

-Torlate the neck of the button taking into account the aesthetic coherence of the set.

-Place the mother eye at the end of the button.

-Perform operations by applying the appropriate security measures based on operation, technique, and materials, tools, and machines.

C4: Develop process of assembling the pieces of arches, from projects of construction of arches of musical instruments of rope, with criteria of quality and safety.

CE4.1 Explain the process of mounting the parts of an arc by justifying the sequence of operations to be performed, relating each procedure to the tools and machines to be used and to the measures of occupational safety and environmental to be applied.

CE4.2 Describe the quality verification measures of the assembly process by identifying measurement and control instruments used in the.

CE4.3 In a practical case of nut-making and an arc button, based on the technical and occupational safety and environmental specifications of a given project:

-Perform the nut adapted to the rod, with the rod perforations entering the button.

-Perform the nut-to-rod adjustment and the drilling of the vara in quadrangular form in the rod.

-Perform the drilling operation on the end of the rod including nipple.

-Place the button giving the definitive adjustment.

-Apply the end thicknesses in the rod by adjusting it to the button.

-Perform final adjustment by ensuring the operation of the button and the nut.

C5: Apply techniques and procedures selection, preparation, knotting, mounting and matching of crines in the process of winding of string musical instruments from the specifications of the project construction, with quality and safety criteria.

CE5.1 Identify and explain wincing procedures that ensure the sound, acoustic, and resistance conditions of the arc.

CE5.2 Point out the criteria to be taken into account for the selection of the crines based on sound, acoustic and resistance conditions.

CE5.3 Relate the operations of the process of winding with the tools and the security measures to be used.

CE5.4 In a practical scenario of application of techniques and procedures of arcing of arches, based on the technical and occupational safety and environmental specifications of a given project:

-Select the crines with quality, quantity, and size criteria based on the arc model set.

-Ensure the knotted of the end of the crines mace by applying the technique, tools, and materials that guarantee it.

-Ensure the attachment of the crines to the nut by applying the procedure that guarantees it.

-Place the ring and motherboard by verifying its attachment.

-Place the crines in the head by verifying their attachment.

-Ensure the homogeneity of the length of the crines by applying humidity and heat.

-Verify the quality of the cringed by visual and acoustic control.

C6: Apply manual techniques of carving, polishing, and turning of the curve during the verification and guarantee process of the definitive form, based on the specifications of the construction project, with quality criteria and security of arcs of musical instruments of rope.

CE6.1 Describe the verification and retouching processes of the definitive form of arches identifying instruments of weight and measure, techniques, tools and safety measures related to:

-Curva and end thicknesses of rod.

-Vara end section.

-Head termination.

-Wood beauty Realce.

CE6.2 Identify the labor risks associated with the techniques, tools, and machines used in the process of manufacturing the rod and head relating them to the safety measures to avoid them.

CE6.3 In a scenario of verification and retouching of a project and of a given arc, carry out the process by performing the following activities, guaranteeing work and environmental security:

-Analyze the thicknesses and weight of the rod, and adjust them according to the model, with the relevant technique in safety and quality conditions.

-Terminate the round, octagonal section of the vara according to the specified model and weight.

-End profiles and edges of the head by applying carving and sanding techniques.

-Examine through visual control the rod and clean from imperfections with useful tools and tools until you get a smooth and smooth touch.

C7: Apply coloring and varnish techniques of the rod and placement and fixing of the garnish of the arches of string musical instruments from the models of construction projects.

CE7.1 Describe the coloring techniques of the rod by relating them to their quality, materials, advantages, and more frequent application defects.

CE7.2 Describe traditional varnishing techniques by relating them to their quality, materials, advantages, and more frequent application defects.

CE7.3 Describe the techniques of the arcing of arches relating to their quality, materials, advantages and more frequent application defects.

CE7.4 In a practical scenario of colored and varnish varas of arcs, from a project, perform the following activities:

-Determine and perform the color of the rod according to project.

-Perform chemical coloring by following labor and environmental risk prevention standards.

-Prepare the varnish based on gomalaca and alcohol.

-Apply the varnish with munchilla and natural oils, achieving brightness and transparency.

-Place the trim material on the handle by applying attachment means.

-Select the skin of the trim and coat the grip.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.3; C2 with respect to CE2.6; C3 for CE3.6; C4 for CE4.3; C5 for CE5.4; C6 for CE6.3; C7 for CE7.4.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Prove a good professional.

Finish the job within the set deadlines.

Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Respect company procedures and rules.

Use time and effort to extend knowledge and supplemental information for use in your work.

Demonstrate interest in the broad knowledge of the artisan organization and its processes.

Demonstrate responsibility for successes and failures and failures.

Respect the internal procedures and rules of the artisan company.

Habit with the work rhythm of the artisan company.

Contents:

1. Interpretation of construction projects of arches for string musical instruments

Model specification identification: features, materials, realization processes.

Identification of the elaboration plan: processes.

Identification of occupational and environmental risk prevention measures.

2. Manufacture of rod and head of arcs of musical instruments of rope

Rod and head functions.

Material Selection Criteria: Material Characteristics.

Roughing, carving, and bending techniques.

Tools and machines: features and functions, utilization, maintenance, risks, and associated environmental and labor risk prevention measures.

Processing process: quality criteria.

Associated work and environmental hazards: prevention measures.

3. Nut-making and button of string musical instrument arches

Nut and button functions.

Criteria for material selection.

Wood carving and turning techniques, plating, metal soldier, scale.

Tools and machines: features and functions, utilization, maintenance, risks, and associated environmental and labor risk prevention measures.

Processing process: quality criteria.

Associated work and environmental hazards: prevention measures.

4. Mounting of string musical instrument arches

Mount criteria.

Mount processes: procedures.

Tools and machines: features and functions, utilization, maintenance, risks, and associated environmental and labor risk prevention measures.

Quality criteria.

Associated work and environmental hazards: prevention measures.

5. Arcing of arches for string musical instruments

Function of the Encrinate.

Crines: types, characteristics, selection criteria.

Crines selection processes: procedures, materials, tools, and tools.

Sealing process: criteria, techniques, procedures, materials, and tools.

Matching process: criteria, procedures, materials, tools, and tools.

Crines mount process: criteria, procedures, materials, and tools.

Work and environmental risks associated with the process of crimeing: prevention measures.

6. Process of retouching the curve of arches for string musical instruments

Size technique.

Polishing technique.

Quality verification.

7. Colouring and varnish of arches for musical instruments of rope

Coloring process: dyes, color application techniques, useful.

Varnishing process: varnishes, application techniques, useful.

Risks associated with colouring and varnish processes: prevention measures.

8. Drawing-up and balancing of arches for string musical instruments

The handle function.

Material Selection Criteria.

Grip-making processes: criteria, techniques, procedures, tools, and tools.

Quality criteria.

Associated work and environmental hazards: prevention measures.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Multipurpose Classroom of at least 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

90 m² musical instrument construction workshop.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Mastery of knowledge and techniques related to the handcrafted construction of arcs of string musical instruments, which will be credited by one of the following ways:

-Academic training of Superior Technician or other higher-level technicians related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

FORMATIVE MODULE 4: MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF STRING MUSICAL INSTRUMENT ARCHES

Level: 3

Code: MF1865_3

Associated with UC: Maintain and Repair String Musical Instrument Arches

Duration: 210 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Define repair and maintenance plans for string musical instrument arcs by evaluating their status and cost assessment.

CE1.1 Describe the parameters and elements that define the characteristics of the arcs, relating them to the most frequent impairments.

CE1.2 Describe the visual assessment procedure of the arc state by identifying the flaws to be checked.

CE1.3 In a practical scenario of defining and assessing the repair and maintenance processes of arches, from a given arc, determine the intervention by carrying out the following activities:

-Perform visual inspection, identifying impairments.

-Document by means of photography, drawings and written assessments, the initial state of the arc.

-Make the intervention plan based on the evaluation of your state by listing the materials, process and tools to use, identifying the measures for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks, and carrying out the assessment of times and costs.

C2: Apply cleaning techniques and procedures, change of grip and crines for the maintenance of arches of musical instruments of rope, from intervention plans, with criteria of quality and safety.

CE2.1 Describe the operations of disassembly, cleaning and changing of crines and handgrip, relating them to the aesthetic and functional factors that determine the style of an arc.

CE2.2 Describe tools and materials used in arcing (cleaning, handgrip and crines) maintenance techniques, identifying their uses and applications.

CE2.3 In an event of application of intervention plans using arcing techniques, from one given, perform the following activities:

-Identify materials, tools, and processes to run.

-Perform the operations identified with quality assurance.

-Review and collect the work zone after the intervention has finished.

C3: Apply procedures for the revision and retouching of arches of string musical instruments, from intervention plans, with quality and safety criteria.

CE3.1 Describe the procedures for revisions and retouches of the arc curve, relating them to the aesthetic and functional factors to be maintained and the risks to the arc to be avoided during the execution process.

CE3.2 Describe the tools and materials associated with the arcing procedures, identifying their uses and applications.

CE3.3 In an event of application of procedures for the revision and retouching of curvature of arcs from a given intervention plan and applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Identify the processes to run as well as the materials, tools to use.

-Identify the risk prevention measures to be applied during the process.

-Perform the checking and checking of the rod by its tensioning.

-Perform the operations identified in the intervention plan with quality assurance and security.

-Review and collect the work zone after the intervention has finished.

C4: Apply bonding techniques by sizing and reinforcement of breakages in rod and head of arcs of string musical instruments, from intervention plans, with quality and safety criteria.

CE4.1 Describe repair operations by sizing and reinforcement in the rod and head, relating them to the aesthetic and functional factors to maintain that determine their style.

CE4.2 Describe the tools and materials used in the repair and reinforcement techniques in the rod and head, identifying their uses and applications.

CE4.3 Describe repair and reinforcement techniques in the rod and head, relating them to the risks to the arc during the execution process.

CE4.4 In a case of application of repair techniques by sizing and reinforcement in the rod and head, from one given and applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Prepare the materials, tools, and tools to use during the repair process from their identification in the intervention plan.

-Identify risk prevention measures associated with tools, materials, and procedures to apply during the repair process.

-Perform the operations identified with quality assurance and security.

-Review and collect the work zone after the intervention has finished.

C5: Apply logging and wood drilling techniques in the repair of breakages in rod and head of arcs of string musical instruments, from intervention plans, with quality and safety criteria.

CE5.1 Describe the repair and drilling techniques in the vara nipple holes, relating them to the aesthetic and functional factors to maintain that determine their style.

CE5.2 Describe the tools and materials used in the repair and drilling techniques in the vara nipple holes, identifying their uses and applications.

CE5.3 Describe the repair and drilling techniques in the vara nipple holes, relating them to the risks to the arc during the execution process.

CE5.4 In an event of application of repair and drilling techniques in the rod and head, from a given intervention plan and applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Identify materials, tools, and processes to execute as well as associated risks and protective measures.

-Perform the processes identified with quality assurance and security.

-Review and collect the work zone after the intervention has finished.

C6: Apply assembly techniques and procedures in wood in the repair of breaks in rod and head of arches of musical instruments of rope, from intervention plans, with quality criteria and security.

CE6.1 Describe the process of repair of breakages by assembling and encastre, relating them to the aesthetic and functional factors to maintain that determine their style.

CE6.2 Describe the tools and materials used in the repair techniques by assembling and framing, identifying their uses and applications.

CE6.3 Describe repair techniques and procedures by assembling and framing, relating them to the risks to the arc during the execution process.

CE6.4 In an event of application of intervention plans by means of assembly and encastre repair techniques, from one given and applying the measures of occupational and environmental safety:

-Identify materials, tools, and processes to run.

-Perform the operations identified with quality assurance and security.

-Review and collect the work zone after the intervention has finished.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.3; C2 with respect to CE2.3; C3 with respect to CE3.3; C4 with respect to CE4.4; C5 with respect to CE5.4; C6 with respect to CE6.4.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Prove a good professional.

Finish the job within the set deadlines.

Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Use time and effort to extend knowledge and supplemental information for use in your work.

Demonstrate responsibility for successes and failures and failures.

Demonstrate interest in the broad knowledge of the artisan organization and its processes.

Respect the internal procedures and rules of the artisan company.

Habit with the work rhythm of the artisan company.

Contents:

1. Intervention plans in the repair and maintenance of arches for string musical instruments

Deterioration factors in arcs.

Arched state evaluation systems and processes.

Arcing maintenance operations.

Interventions and maintenance execution phases.

Intervention criteria.

Drafting intervention plans.

2. Maintenance of arches for string musical instruments

Parts cleaning procedures: rod, nut, button, grip metal, ivory tip.

Cleaning and varnish renewal procedures.

Crines change techniques and procedures: process, tools, materials.

Grip change techniques and procedures: process, tools, materials.

Quality criteria in the arc maintenance processes.

Job and environmental security criteria in the arcing processes: risks and prevention measures.

3. Revision and retouching of bow curvature for string musical instruments

Resin removal: procedures, materials, tools, and tools.

Quality criteria in review and retouching processes.

Retouching process by heating: procedures, materials, tools, and tools.

Flexibility checking process: procedures, materials, tools, and tools.

Job and environmental safety criteria in the process of retouching and revision of curvature: risks and prevention measures.

4. Repair by means of sizing and reinforcement of rod breaks and head of arches of musical instruments of rope

Paste process: techniques, materials, tools, and tools.

Strengthening process: techniques, materials, tools, and tools.

Quality criteria in the repair and reinforcement processes.

Job and environmental security criteria in the repair and reinforcement processes: risks and prevention measures.

5. Repair of breaks in the nipple of string musical instrument arches

shutter techniques: processes, materials, tools, and tools.

Drilling techniques: processes, materials, tools, and tools.

Quality criteria in the process of repairing the arch's nipples.

Job and environmental security criteria in the process of repairing the arch's nipples: associated risks and prevention measures.

6. Repair by assembling of breaks in the rod of arches of musical instruments of rope

Assembly technique in the process of repair of breakages in rod: procedures, materials, tools and tools.

Quality criteria in the process of repair of rod breakage by assembly.

Job and environmental security criteria in the process of repair of breakage in rod by assembly: risks and prevention measures.

7. Repair by means of breaks in the rod of arches of musical instruments of rope

Encastre Technique in the repair of breakage processes in vara: operations, materials, tools and tools.

Quality criteria in the breakage repair processes in the rod by means of a cassette.

Job and environmental safety criteria in the process of repair of breakages in the rod by means of a cassette: risks and prevention measures.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Multipurpose Classroom of at least 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

90 m² musical instrument construction workshop.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Mastery of knowledge and techniques related to the maintenance and repair of string musical instrument arches, which will be credited by one of the following ways:

-Academic training of Superior Technician or other higher-level technicians related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 5: ORGANIZATION OF THE PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITY OF A CRAFT WORKSHOP

Level: 2

Code: MF1690_2

Associate with UC: Organize the Professional Activity of a Craft Workshop

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Determine the project of an artisan workshop taking into account its market viability plan.

CE1.1 Describe the process of drawing up the project of an artisan workshop taking into account the financing and amortization formulas of the proposed investment.

CE1.2 Develop the feasibility project of the artisan workshop taking into account the project of an artisan company.

CE1.3 Define the artisan production of the workshop in the view of the business project and the feasibility plan.

CE1.4 Define the corporate image of the workshop, taking into account the feasibility plan through descriptions, drawings, and other graphic techniques.

C2: Set up the artisan workshop space, tools, machinery and jobs, taking into account the regulations governing work activity and safety and hygiene at work.

CE2.1 Identify the areas of a craftsman workshop by using them according to productive needs and which guarantee the storage conditions of raw materials and processed products taking into account the regulations in force in safety and hygiene at work.

CE2.2 Define the relationship of jobs needed for the production process of the workshop taking into account labor regulations.

CE2.3 Select the endowment of tools and machinery to ensure the different production processes of the artisan workshop taking into account the business project of the workshop.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario: organize and distribute the machinery according to work areas from a given plane and taking into account the regulations that regulate labor activity and safety and hygiene at work.

CE2.5 In a practical scenario, check the safety conditions of the machinery taking into account the user manuals and the regulations on safety and hygiene at work.

C3: Define and develop a plan for tax and grant application obligations taking into account the current labor and tax regulations at the site of the artisan workshop.

CE3.1 Identify the necessary documentation at the local, regional and state level for the implementation of an artisan workshop, taking into account current fiscal and labor regulations to initiate economic activity.

CE3.2 Recognize grants and public subsidies at local, regional or state level to request in time and form all possible aids for the artisan workshops, taking into account the requirements and deadlines required on each request.

CE3.3 Define employment recruitment needs to cover production expectations taking into account the business plan.

CE3.4 Rate bonuses for employment regulations for hiring workers taking into account the needs raised in the business plan.

CE3.5 In a practical scenario: to carry out a schedule of obligations for the realization of all payments and labor contributions, taking into account the timetable of the taxes on the workshops and artisans Social Security contributions.

C4: Define a one-piece or series budget to be made to decide economic viability by taking into account all production costs.

CE4.1 Rate the consumption of raw materials, tools, auxiliary media, and energy for the production of the budget of the part or series to be produced.

CE4.2 In a practical scenario: calculate and incorporate in a budget the labor costs used in the elaboration of a part or series to impact them on the final price of the product.

CE4.3 In a practical scenario: identify and include in the budget the costs of presentation, packaging, and transport to be passed on to the final price of the product.

CE4.4 In a practical scenario: determine and include the proportional costs of the general maintenance and amortization costs of the workshop and the added value of the product of the part or series to be produced for impact on the final price of the product.

C5: Determine the supply of supplies to supply an expected production taking into account needs and stocks.

CE5.1 In a practical scenario: realize the supply forecast of raw materials, the auxiliary media, the tools and the tools and the fuel to supply the intended production in a workshop.

CE5.2 In a practical scenario: accounting for and inventory of raw material stocks, ancillary means, tools and tools, and fuel taking into account the need to keep the inventory up to date. Artisan workshop.

CE5.3 In a practical scenario: to record in an orderly manner in a database the suppliers of raw materials, the auxiliary means, the tools and tools and the fuel of an artisan workshop taking into account their features and other singularities that identify them.

CE5.4 In a practical scenario: placing orders for raw materials, tools and tools and fuel to ensure the production of a workshop taking into account the characteristics of the materials, the quantities and the delivery times to avoid shortages in the activity of the artisan workshop.

C6: Define a sales plan for artisan products, taking into account distribution and marketing channels.

CE6.1 Analyze and compare merchandising options taking into account product characteristics and production capacity.

CE6.2 In a practical scenario: develop a plan of presentation of artisan products for the market taking into account the marketing formula selected for sale.

CE6.3 In a practical scenario: track the business results by taking into account sales and product acceptance.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C2 with respect to CE2.4 and CE2.5; C3 with respect to CE3.5; C4 with respect to CE4.2, CE4.3 and CE4.4; C5 with respect to CE5.1, CE.5.2, CE5.3 and CE5.4; C6 with respect to CE6.2 and CE6.3.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Finish the job within the set deadlines.

Contents:

1. Regulations for artisan workshops

Labour regulations for self-employed workers as a formula for self-employment in artisan workshops.

Labor regulations for hiring employees in workshops.

Fiscal regulations for micropayments applicable to artisan workshops.

2. Administrative and commercial management of an artisan workshop

Company accounting in the management of artisan workshops.

Assessment of raw material consumption, tools, auxiliary media, energy and labor in an artisan workshop.

Artisan product inventory systems.

Security stock.

Marketing and commercial image items.

3. Safety and hygiene in the work applicable to the craft sector

Safety and hygiene regulations in the work related to craft workshops. Toxicity and dangerousness of the artisan products.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Multipurpose Classroom of at least 2 m² per pupil or pupil.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Mastery of knowledge and techniques related to the organization of the professional activity of a craft workshop, which will be accredited by one of the following forms:

-Academic training of Diplomacy, degree of equivalent degree or of other higher levels related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.